elf32-m68k.c revision 1.1.1.3 1 1.1 skrll /* Motorola 68k series support for 32-bit ELF
2 1.1 skrll Copyright 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
3 1.1.1.3 christos 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
4 1.1.1.3 christos Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 1.1 skrll
6 1.1 skrll This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 1.1 skrll
8 1.1 skrll This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 1.1 skrll it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 1.1 skrll the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 1.1 skrll (at your option) any later version.
12 1.1 skrll
13 1.1 skrll This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 1.1 skrll but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 1.1 skrll MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 1.1 skrll GNU General Public License for more details.
17 1.1 skrll
18 1.1 skrll You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 1.1 skrll along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 1.1 skrll Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 1.1 skrll MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 1.1 skrll
23 1.1 skrll #include "sysdep.h"
24 1.1 skrll #include "bfd.h"
25 1.1 skrll #include "bfdlink.h"
26 1.1 skrll #include "libbfd.h"
27 1.1 skrll #include "elf-bfd.h"
28 1.1 skrll #include "elf/m68k.h"
29 1.1 skrll #include "opcode/m68k.h"
30 1.1 skrll
31 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
32 1.1.1.3 christos elf_m68k_discard_copies (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
33 1.1 skrll
34 1.1.1.3 christos static reloc_howto_type howto_table[] =
35 1.1.1.3 christos {
36 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_NONE, 0, 0, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_NONE", FALSE, 0, 0x00000000,FALSE),
37 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_32, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_32", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
38 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_16, 0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_16", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
39 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_8, 0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_8", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
40 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PC32, 0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC32", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
41 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PC16, 0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC16", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
42 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PC8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC8", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
43 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32, 0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
44 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16, 0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
45 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
46 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32O, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32O", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
47 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16O, 0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16O", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
48 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8O, 0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8O", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
49 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32, 0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
50 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16, 0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
51 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
52 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32O, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32O", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
53 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16O, 0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16O", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
54 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8O, 0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8O", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
55 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_COPY, 0, 0, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_COPY", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
56 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_GLOB_DAT, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GLOB_DAT", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
57 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_JMP_SLOT, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_JMP_SLOT", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
58 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_RELATIVE, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_RELATIVE", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
59 1.1 skrll /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
60 1.1 skrll HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT, /* type */
61 1.1 skrll 0, /* rightshift */
62 1.1 skrll 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
63 1.1 skrll 0, /* bitsize */
64 1.1 skrll FALSE, /* pc_relative */
65 1.1 skrll 0, /* bitpos */
66 1.1 skrll complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
67 1.1 skrll NULL, /* special_function */
68 1.1 skrll "R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */
69 1.1 skrll FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
70 1.1 skrll 0, /* src_mask */
71 1.1 skrll 0, /* dst_mask */
72 1.1 skrll FALSE),
73 1.1 skrll /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
74 1.1 skrll HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY, /* type */
75 1.1 skrll 0, /* rightshift */
76 1.1 skrll 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
77 1.1 skrll 0, /* bitsize */
78 1.1 skrll FALSE, /* pc_relative */
79 1.1 skrll 0, /* bitpos */
80 1.1 skrll complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
81 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */
82 1.1 skrll "R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY", /* name */
83 1.1 skrll FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
84 1.1 skrll 0, /* src_mask */
85 1.1 skrll 0, /* dst_mask */
86 1.1 skrll FALSE),
87 1.1.1.2 christos
88 1.1.1.2 christos /* TLS general dynamic variable reference. */
89 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD32, /* type */
90 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
91 1.1.1.2 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
92 1.1.1.2 christos 32, /* bitsize */
93 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
94 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
95 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
96 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
97 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_GD32", /* name */
98 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
99 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
100 1.1.1.2 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
101 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
102 1.1.1.2 christos
103 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD16, /* type */
104 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
105 1.1.1.2 christos 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
106 1.1.1.2 christos 16, /* bitsize */
107 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
108 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
109 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
110 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
111 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_GD16", /* name */
112 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
113 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
114 1.1.1.2 christos 0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
115 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
116 1.1.1.2 christos
117 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD8, /* type */
118 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
119 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
120 1.1.1.2 christos 8, /* bitsize */
121 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
122 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
123 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
124 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
125 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_GD8", /* name */
126 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
127 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
128 1.1.1.2 christos 0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
129 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
130 1.1.1.2 christos
131 1.1.1.2 christos /* TLS local dynamic variable reference. */
132 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM32, /* type */
133 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
134 1.1.1.2 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
135 1.1.1.2 christos 32, /* bitsize */
136 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
137 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
138 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
139 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
140 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDM32", /* name */
141 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
142 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
143 1.1.1.2 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
144 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
145 1.1.1.2 christos
146 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM16, /* type */
147 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
148 1.1.1.2 christos 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
149 1.1.1.2 christos 16, /* bitsize */
150 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
151 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
152 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
153 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
154 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDM16", /* name */
155 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
156 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
157 1.1.1.2 christos 0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
158 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
159 1.1.1.2 christos
160 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM8, /* type */
161 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
162 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
163 1.1.1.2 christos 8, /* bitsize */
164 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
165 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
166 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
167 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
168 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDM8", /* name */
169 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
170 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
171 1.1.1.2 christos 0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
172 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
173 1.1.1.2 christos
174 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO32, /* type */
175 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
176 1.1.1.2 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
177 1.1.1.2 christos 32, /* bitsize */
178 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
179 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
180 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
181 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
182 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDO32", /* name */
183 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
184 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
185 1.1.1.2 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
186 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
187 1.1.1.2 christos
188 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO16, /* type */
189 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
190 1.1.1.2 christos 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
191 1.1.1.2 christos 16, /* bitsize */
192 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
193 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
194 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
195 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
196 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDO16", /* name */
197 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
198 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
199 1.1.1.2 christos 0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
200 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
201 1.1.1.2 christos
202 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO8, /* type */
203 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
204 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
205 1.1.1.2 christos 8, /* bitsize */
206 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
207 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
208 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
209 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
210 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDO8", /* name */
211 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
212 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
213 1.1.1.2 christos 0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
214 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
215 1.1.1.2 christos
216 1.1.1.2 christos /* TLS initial execution variable reference. */
217 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE32, /* type */
218 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
219 1.1.1.2 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
220 1.1.1.2 christos 32, /* bitsize */
221 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
222 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
223 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
224 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
225 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_IE32", /* name */
226 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
227 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
228 1.1.1.2 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
229 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
230 1.1.1.2 christos
231 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE16, /* type */
232 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
233 1.1.1.2 christos 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
234 1.1.1.2 christos 16, /* bitsize */
235 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
236 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
237 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
238 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
239 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_IE16", /* name */
240 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
241 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
242 1.1.1.2 christos 0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
243 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
244 1.1.1.2 christos
245 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE8, /* type */
246 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
247 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
248 1.1.1.2 christos 8, /* bitsize */
249 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
250 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
251 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
252 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
253 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_IE8", /* name */
254 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
255 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
256 1.1.1.2 christos 0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
257 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
258 1.1.1.2 christos
259 1.1.1.2 christos /* TLS local execution variable reference. */
260 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE32, /* type */
261 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
262 1.1.1.2 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
263 1.1.1.2 christos 32, /* bitsize */
264 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
265 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
266 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
267 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
268 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LE32", /* name */
269 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
270 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
271 1.1.1.2 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
272 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
273 1.1.1.2 christos
274 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE16, /* type */
275 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
276 1.1.1.2 christos 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
277 1.1.1.2 christos 16, /* bitsize */
278 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
279 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
280 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
281 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
282 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LE16", /* name */
283 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
284 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
285 1.1.1.2 christos 0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
286 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
287 1.1.1.2 christos
288 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE8, /* type */
289 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
290 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
291 1.1.1.2 christos 8, /* bitsize */
292 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
293 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
294 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
295 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
296 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LE8", /* name */
297 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
298 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
299 1.1.1.2 christos 0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
300 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
301 1.1.1.2 christos
302 1.1.1.2 christos /* TLS GD/LD dynamic relocations. */
303 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32, /* type */
304 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
305 1.1.1.2 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
306 1.1.1.2 christos 32, /* bitsize */
307 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
308 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
309 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
310 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
311 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32", /* name */
312 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
313 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
314 1.1.1.2 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
315 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
316 1.1.1.2 christos
317 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32, /* type */
318 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
319 1.1.1.2 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
320 1.1.1.2 christos 32, /* bitsize */
321 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
322 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
323 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
324 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
325 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32", /* name */
326 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
327 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
328 1.1.1.2 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
329 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
330 1.1.1.2 christos
331 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_TPREL32, /* type */
332 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
333 1.1.1.2 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
334 1.1.1.2 christos 32, /* bitsize */
335 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
336 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
337 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
338 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
339 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_TPREL32", /* name */
340 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
341 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
342 1.1.1.2 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
343 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
344 1.1 skrll };
345 1.1 skrll
346 1.1 skrll static void
347 1.1.1.2 christos rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
348 1.1 skrll {
349 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned int indx = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
350 1.1.1.2 christos
351 1.1.1.2 christos if (indx >= (unsigned int) R_68K_max)
352 1.1.1.2 christos {
353 1.1.1.2 christos (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
354 1.1.1.2 christos abfd, (int) indx);
355 1.1.1.2 christos indx = R_68K_NONE;
356 1.1.1.2 christos }
357 1.1.1.2 christos cache_ptr->howto = &howto_table[indx];
358 1.1 skrll }
359 1.1 skrll
360 1.1 skrll #define elf_info_to_howto rtype_to_howto
361 1.1 skrll
362 1.1 skrll static const struct
363 1.1 skrll {
364 1.1 skrll bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_val;
365 1.1 skrll int elf_val;
366 1.1.1.2 christos }
367 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_map[] =
368 1.1.1.2 christos {
369 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_NONE },
370 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32, R_68K_32 },
371 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16, R_68K_16 },
372 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8, R_68K_8 },
373 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_68K_PC32 },
374 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL, R_68K_PC16 },
375 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_68K_PC8 },
376 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT32 },
377 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT16 },
378 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT8 },
379 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT32O },
380 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT16O },
381 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT8O },
382 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT32 },
383 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT16 },
384 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT8 },
385 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT32O },
386 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT16O },
387 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT8O },
388 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_COPY },
389 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_68K_GLOB_DAT, R_68K_GLOB_DAT },
390 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_68K_JMP_SLOT, R_68K_JMP_SLOT },
391 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_68K_RELATIVE, R_68K_RELATIVE },
392 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_68K_32 },
393 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT },
394 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY },
395 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD32, R_68K_TLS_GD32 },
396 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD16, R_68K_TLS_GD16 },
397 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD8, R_68K_TLS_GD8 },
398 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM32, R_68K_TLS_LDM32 },
399 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM16, R_68K_TLS_LDM16 },
400 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM8, R_68K_TLS_LDM8 },
401 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO32, R_68K_TLS_LDO32 },
402 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO16, R_68K_TLS_LDO16 },
403 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO8, R_68K_TLS_LDO8 },
404 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE32, R_68K_TLS_IE32 },
405 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE16, R_68K_TLS_IE16 },
406 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE8, R_68K_TLS_IE8 },
407 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE32, R_68K_TLS_LE32 },
408 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE16, R_68K_TLS_LE16 },
409 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE8, R_68K_TLS_LE8 },
410 1.1 skrll };
411 1.1 skrll
412 1.1 skrll static reloc_howto_type *
413 1.1.1.3 christos reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
414 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
415 1.1 skrll {
416 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
417 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < sizeof (reloc_map) / sizeof (reloc_map[0]); i++)
418 1.1 skrll {
419 1.1 skrll if (reloc_map[i].bfd_val == code)
420 1.1 skrll return &howto_table[reloc_map[i].elf_val];
421 1.1 skrll }
422 1.1 skrll return 0;
423 1.1 skrll }
424 1.1 skrll
425 1.1 skrll static reloc_howto_type *
426 1.1 skrll reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *r_name)
427 1.1 skrll {
428 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
429 1.1 skrll
430 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < sizeof (howto_table) / sizeof (howto_table[0]); i++)
431 1.1 skrll if (howto_table[i].name != NULL
432 1.1 skrll && strcasecmp (howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
433 1.1 skrll return &howto_table[i];
434 1.1 skrll
435 1.1 skrll return NULL;
436 1.1 skrll }
437 1.1 skrll
438 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup reloc_type_lookup
439 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup reloc_name_lookup
440 1.1 skrll #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_m68k
441 1.1.1.2 christos #define ELF_TARGET_ID M68K_ELF_DATA
442 1.1 skrll
443 1.1 skrll /* Functions for the m68k ELF linker. */
445 1.1 skrll
446 1.1 skrll /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
447 1.1 skrll section. */
448 1.1 skrll
449 1.1 skrll #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
450 1.1 skrll
451 1.1 skrll /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
452 1.1 skrll
453 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_plt_info
454 1.1 skrll {
455 1.1 skrll /* The size of each PLT entry. */
456 1.1 skrll bfd_vma size;
457 1.1 skrll
458 1.1 skrll /* The template for the first PLT entry. */
459 1.1 skrll const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
460 1.1 skrll
461 1.1 skrll /* Offsets of fields in PLT0_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
462 1.1 skrll The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
463 1.1 skrll is against. */
464 1.1 skrll struct {
465 1.1 skrll unsigned int got4; /* .got + 4 */
466 1.1 skrll unsigned int got8; /* .got + 8 */
467 1.1 skrll } plt0_relocs;
468 1.1 skrll
469 1.1 skrll /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
470 1.1 skrll const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
471 1.1 skrll
472 1.1 skrll /* Offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
473 1.1 skrll The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
474 1.1 skrll is against. */
475 1.1 skrll struct {
476 1.1 skrll unsigned int got; /* the symbol's .got.plt entry */
477 1.1 skrll unsigned int plt; /* .plt */
478 1.1 skrll } symbol_relocs;
479 1.1 skrll
480 1.1 skrll /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.
481 1.1 skrll The stub starts with "move.l #relocoffset,%d0". */
482 1.1 skrll bfd_vma symbol_resolve_entry;
483 1.1 skrll };
484 1.1 skrll
485 1.1 skrll /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
486 1.1 skrll
487 1.1 skrll #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 20
488 1.1 skrll
489 1.1 skrll /* The first entry in a procedure linkage table looks like this. See
490 1.1 skrll the SVR4 ABI m68k supplement to see how this works. */
491 1.1 skrll
492 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
493 1.1 skrll {
494 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
495 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got + 4) - . */
496 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,addr]) */
497 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got + 8) - . */
498 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0 /* pad out to 20 bytes. */
499 1.1 skrll };
500 1.1 skrll
501 1.1 skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this. */
502 1.1 skrll
503 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
504 1.1 skrll {
505 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,symbol@GOTPC]) */
506 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
507 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
508 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + reloc index */
509 1.1 skrll 0x60, 0xff, /* bra.l .plt */
510 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0 /* + .plt - . */
511 1.1 skrll };
512 1.1 skrll
513 1.1 skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_m68k_plt_info = {
514 1.1 skrll PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
515 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
516 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_plt_entry, { 4, 16 }, 8
517 1.1 skrll };
518 1.1 skrll
519 1.1 skrll #define ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
520 1.1 skrll
521 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt0_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
522 1.1 skrll {
523 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
524 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + (.got + 4) - . */
525 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),-(%sp) */
526 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
527 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + (.got + 8) - . */
528 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
529 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xd0, /* jmp (%a0) */
530 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0x71 /* nop */
531 1.1 skrll };
532 1.1 skrll
533 1.1 skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this. */
534 1.1 skrll
535 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
536 1.1 skrll {
537 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
538 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
539 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
540 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xd0, /* jmp (%a0) */
541 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
542 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + reloc index */
543 1.1 skrll 0x60, 0xff, /* bra.l .plt */
544 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0 /* + .plt - . */
545 1.1 skrll };
546 1.1 skrll
547 1.1 skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isab_plt_info = {
548 1.1 skrll ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
549 1.1 skrll elf_isab_plt0_entry, { 2, 12 },
550 1.1 skrll elf_isab_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
551 1.1 skrll };
552 1.1 skrll
553 1.1 skrll #define ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
554 1.1 skrll
555 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt0_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
556 1.1 skrll {
557 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
558 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with .got + 4 - . */
559 1.1 skrll 0x2e, 0xbb, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),(%sp) */
560 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
561 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with .got + 8 - . */
562 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
563 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xd0, /* jmp (%a0) */
564 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0x71 /* nop */
565 1.1 skrll };
566 1.1 skrll
567 1.1 skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this. */
568 1.1 skrll
569 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
570 1.1 skrll {
571 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
572 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with (.got entry) - . */
573 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
574 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xd0, /* jmp (%a0) */
575 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
576 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table */
577 1.1 skrll 0x61, 0xff, /* bsr.l .plt */
578 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with .plt - . */
579 1.1 skrll };
580 1.1 skrll
581 1.1 skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isac_plt_info = {
582 1.1 skrll ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
583 1.1 skrll elf_isac_plt0_entry, { 2, 12},
584 1.1 skrll elf_isac_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
585 1.1 skrll };
586 1.1 skrll
587 1.1 skrll #define CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
588 1.1 skrll /* Procedure linkage table entries for the cpu32 */
589 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt0_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
590 1.1 skrll {
591 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
592 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got + 4) - . */
593 1.1 skrll 0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70, /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
594 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got + 8) - . */
595 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xd1, /* jmp %a1@ */
596 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* pad out to 24 bytes. */
597 1.1 skrll 0, 0
598 1.1 skrll };
599 1.1 skrll
600 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
601 1.1 skrll {
602 1.1 skrll 0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70, /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
603 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
604 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xd1, /* jmp %a1@ */
605 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
606 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + reloc index */
607 1.1 skrll 0x60, 0xff, /* bra.l .plt */
608 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + .plt - . */
609 1.1 skrll 0, 0
610 1.1 skrll };
611 1.1 skrll
612 1.1 skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_cpu32_plt_info = {
613 1.1 skrll CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
614 1.1 skrll elf_cpu32_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
615 1.1 skrll elf_cpu32_plt_entry, { 4, 18 }, 10
616 1.1 skrll };
617 1.1 skrll
618 1.1 skrll /* The m68k linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
619 1.1 skrll decides to copy in check_relocs for each symbol. This is so that it
620 1.1 skrll can discard PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when linking
621 1.1 skrll with -Bsymbolic. We store the information in a field extending the
622 1.1 skrll regular ELF linker hash table. */
623 1.1 skrll
624 1.1 skrll /* This structure keeps track of the number of PC relative relocs we have
625 1.1 skrll copied for a given symbol. */
626 1.1 skrll
627 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied
628 1.1 skrll {
629 1.1 skrll /* Next section. */
630 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *next;
631 1.1 skrll /* A section in dynobj. */
632 1.1 skrll asection *section;
633 1.1 skrll /* Number of relocs copied in this section. */
634 1.1 skrll bfd_size_type count;
635 1.1 skrll };
636 1.1 skrll
637 1.1 skrll /* Forward declaration. */
638 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry;
639 1.1 skrll
640 1.1 skrll /* m68k ELF linker hash entry. */
641 1.1 skrll
642 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry
643 1.1 skrll {
644 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
645 1.1 skrll
646 1.1 skrll /* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol. */
647 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *pcrel_relocs_copied;
648 1.1 skrll
649 1.1 skrll /* Key to got_entries. */
650 1.1 skrll unsigned long got_entry_key;
651 1.1 skrll
652 1.1 skrll /* List of GOT entries for this symbol. This list is build during
653 1.1 skrll offset finalization and is used within elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
654 1.1 skrll to traverse all GOT entries for a particular symbol.
655 1.1 skrll
656 1.1 skrll ??? We could've used root.got.glist field instead, but having
657 1.1 skrll a separate field is cleaner. */
658 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *glist;
659 1.1 skrll };
660 1.1 skrll
661 1.1 skrll #define elf_m68k_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
662 1.1 skrll
663 1.1 skrll /* Key part of GOT entry in hashtable. */
664 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key
665 1.1 skrll {
666 1.1 skrll /* BFD in which this symbol was defined. NULL for global symbols. */
667 1.1 skrll const bfd *bfd;
668 1.1 skrll
669 1.1 skrll /* Symbol index. Either local symbol index or h->got_entry_key. */
670 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned long symndx;
671 1.1.1.2 christos
672 1.1.1.2 christos /* Type is one of R_68K_GOT{8, 16, 32}O, R_68K_TLS_GD{8, 16, 32},
673 1.1.1.2 christos R_68K_TLS_LDM{8, 16, 32} or R_68K_TLS_IE{8, 16, 32}.
674 1.1.1.2 christos
675 1.1.1.2 christos From perspective of hashtable key, only elf_m68k_got_reloc_type (type)
676 1.1.1.2 christos matters. That is, we distinguish between, say, R_68K_GOT16O
677 1.1.1.2 christos and R_68K_GOT32O when allocating offsets, but they are considered to be
678 1.1.1.2 christos the same when searching got->entries. */
679 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
680 1.1 skrll };
681 1.1.1.2 christos
682 1.1.1.2 christos /* Size of the GOT offset suitable for relocation. */
683 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size { R_8, R_16, R_32, R_LAST };
684 1.1 skrll
685 1.1 skrll /* Entry of the GOT. */
686 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry
687 1.1 skrll {
688 1.1 skrll /* GOT entries are put into a got->entries hashtable. This is the key. */
689 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
690 1.1 skrll
691 1.1 skrll /* GOT entry data. We need s1 before offset finalization and s2 after. */
692 1.1 skrll union
693 1.1 skrll {
694 1.1 skrll struct
695 1.1 skrll {
696 1.1 skrll /* Number of times this entry is referenced. It is used to
697 1.1 skrll filter out unnecessary GOT slots in elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook. */
698 1.1 skrll bfd_vma refcount;
699 1.1 skrll } s1;
700 1.1 skrll
701 1.1 skrll struct
702 1.1 skrll {
703 1.1 skrll /* Offset from the start of .got section. To calculate offset relative
704 1.1 skrll to GOT pointer one should substract got->offset from this value. */
705 1.1 skrll bfd_vma offset;
706 1.1 skrll
707 1.1 skrll /* Pointer to the next GOT entry for this global symbol.
708 1.1 skrll Symbols have at most one entry in one GOT, but might
709 1.1 skrll have entries in more than one GOT.
710 1.1 skrll Root of this list is h->glist.
711 1.1 skrll NULL for local symbols. */
712 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *next;
713 1.1 skrll } s2;
714 1.1 skrll } u;
715 1.1 skrll };
716 1.1.1.2 christos
717 1.1.1.2 christos /* Return representative type for relocation R_TYPE.
718 1.1.1.2 christos This is used to avoid enumerating many relocations in comparisons,
719 1.1.1.2 christos switches etc. */
720 1.1.1.2 christos
721 1.1.1.2 christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
722 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
723 1.1.1.2 christos {
724 1.1.1.2 christos switch (r_type)
725 1.1.1.2 christos {
726 1.1.1.2 christos /* In most cases R_68K_GOTx relocations require the very same
727 1.1.1.2 christos handling as R_68K_GOT32O relocation. In cases when we need
728 1.1.1.2 christos to distinguish between the two, we use explicitly compare against
729 1.1.1.2 christos r_type. */
730 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32:
731 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT16:
732 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT8:
733 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
734 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT16O:
735 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT8O:
736 1.1.1.2 christos return R_68K_GOT32O;
737 1.1.1.2 christos
738 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
739 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
740 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
741 1.1.1.2 christos return R_68K_TLS_GD32;
742 1.1.1.2 christos
743 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
744 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
745 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
746 1.1.1.2 christos return R_68K_TLS_LDM32;
747 1.1.1.2 christos
748 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
749 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
750 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
751 1.1.1.2 christos return R_68K_TLS_IE32;
752 1.1.1.2 christos
753 1.1.1.2 christos default:
754 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
755 1.1.1.2 christos return 0;
756 1.1.1.2 christos }
757 1.1.1.2 christos }
758 1.1.1.2 christos
759 1.1.1.2 christos /* Return size of the GOT entry offset for relocation R_TYPE. */
760 1.1.1.2 christos
761 1.1.1.2 christos static enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size
762 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
763 1.1.1.2 christos {
764 1.1.1.2 christos switch (r_type)
765 1.1.1.2 christos {
766 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32: case R_68K_GOT16: case R_68K_GOT8:
767 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O: case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
768 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
769 1.1.1.2 christos return R_32;
770 1.1.1.2 christos
771 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT16O: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
772 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
773 1.1.1.2 christos return R_16;
774 1.1.1.2 christos
775 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT8O: case R_68K_TLS_GD8: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
776 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
777 1.1.1.2 christos return R_8;
778 1.1.1.2 christos
779 1.1.1.2 christos default:
780 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
781 1.1.1.2 christos return 0;
782 1.1.1.2 christos }
783 1.1.1.2 christos }
784 1.1.1.2 christos
785 1.1.1.2 christos /* Return number of GOT entries we need to allocate in GOT for
786 1.1.1.2 christos relocation R_TYPE. */
787 1.1.1.2 christos
788 1.1.1.2 christos static bfd_vma
789 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
790 1.1.1.2 christos {
791 1.1.1.2 christos switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
792 1.1.1.2 christos {
793 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
794 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
795 1.1.1.2 christos return 1;
796 1.1.1.2 christos
797 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
798 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
799 1.1.1.2 christos return 2;
800 1.1.1.2 christos
801 1.1.1.2 christos default:
802 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
803 1.1.1.2 christos return 0;
804 1.1.1.2 christos }
805 1.1.1.2 christos }
806 1.1.1.2 christos
807 1.1.1.2 christos /* Return TRUE if relocation R_TYPE is a TLS one. */
808 1.1.1.2 christos
809 1.1.1.2 christos static bfd_boolean
810 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
811 1.1.1.2 christos {
812 1.1.1.2 christos switch (r_type)
813 1.1.1.2 christos {
814 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
815 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
816 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDO32: case R_68K_TLS_LDO16: case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
817 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32: case R_68K_TLS_IE16: case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
818 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LE32: case R_68K_TLS_LE16: case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
819 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32: case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32: case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
820 1.1.1.2 christos return TRUE;
821 1.1.1.2 christos
822 1.1.1.2 christos default:
823 1.1.1.2 christos return FALSE;
824 1.1.1.2 christos }
825 1.1.1.2 christos }
826 1.1 skrll
827 1.1 skrll /* Data structure representing a single GOT. */
828 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got
829 1.1 skrll {
830 1.1 skrll /* Hashtable of 'struct elf_m68k_got_entry's.
831 1.1 skrll Starting size of this table is the maximum number of
832 1.1 skrll R_68K_GOT8O entries. */
833 1.1 skrll htab_t entries;
834 1.1.1.2 christos
835 1.1.1.2 christos /* Number of R_x slots in this GOT. Some (e.g., TLS) entries require
836 1.1 skrll several GOT slots.
837 1.1.1.2 christos
838 1.1.1.2 christos n_slots[R_8] is the count of R_8 slots in this GOT.
839 1.1.1.2 christos n_slots[R_16] is the cumulative count of R_8 and R_16 slots
840 1.1.1.2 christos in this GOT.
841 1.1.1.2 christos n_slots[R_32] is the cumulative count of R_8, R_16 and R_32 slots
842 1.1.1.2 christos in this GOT. This is the total number of slots. */
843 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma n_slots[R_LAST];
844 1.1.1.2 christos
845 1.1 skrll /* Number of local (entry->key_.h == NULL) slots in this GOT.
846 1.1 skrll This is only used to properly calculate size of .rela.got section;
847 1.1.1.2 christos see elf_m68k_partition_multi_got. */
848 1.1 skrll bfd_vma local_n_slots;
849 1.1 skrll
850 1.1 skrll /* Offset of this GOT relative to beginning of .got section. */
851 1.1 skrll bfd_vma offset;
852 1.1 skrll };
853 1.1 skrll
854 1.1 skrll /* BFD and its GOT. This is an entry in multi_got->bfd2got hashtable. */
855 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry
856 1.1 skrll {
857 1.1 skrll /* BFD. */
858 1.1 skrll const bfd *bfd;
859 1.1 skrll
860 1.1 skrll /* Assigned GOT. Before partitioning multi-GOT each BFD has its own
861 1.1 skrll GOT structure. After partitioning several BFD's might [and often do]
862 1.1 skrll share a single GOT. */
863 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
864 1.1 skrll };
865 1.1 skrll
866 1.1 skrll /* The main data structure holding all the pieces. */
867 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_multi_got
868 1.1 skrll {
869 1.1 skrll /* Hashtable mapping each BFD to its GOT. If a BFD doesn't have an entry
870 1.1 skrll here, then it doesn't need a GOT (this includes the case of a BFD
871 1.1 skrll having an empty GOT).
872 1.1 skrll
873 1.1 skrll ??? This hashtable can be replaced by an array indexed by bfd->id. */
874 1.1 skrll htab_t bfd2got;
875 1.1 skrll
876 1.1 skrll /* Next symndx to assign a global symbol.
877 1.1 skrll h->got_entry_key is initialized from this counter. */
878 1.1 skrll unsigned long global_symndx;
879 1.1 skrll };
880 1.1 skrll
881 1.1 skrll /* m68k ELF linker hash table. */
882 1.1 skrll
883 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table
884 1.1 skrll {
885 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_table root;
886 1.1.1.2 christos
887 1.1.1.2 christos /* Small local sym cache. */
888 1.1 skrll struct sym_cache sym_cache;
889 1.1 skrll
890 1.1 skrll /* The PLT format used by this link, or NULL if the format has not
891 1.1 skrll yet been chosen. */
892 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
893 1.1 skrll
894 1.1 skrll /* True, if GP is loaded within each function which uses it.
895 1.1 skrll Set to TRUE when GOT negative offsets or multi-GOT is enabled. */
896 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
897 1.1 skrll
898 1.1 skrll /* Switch controlling use of negative offsets to double the size of GOTs. */
899 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
900 1.1 skrll
901 1.1 skrll /* Switch controlling generation of multiple GOTs. */
902 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
903 1.1 skrll
904 1.1 skrll /* Multi-GOT data structure. */
905 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_multi_got multi_got_;
906 1.1 skrll };
907 1.1 skrll
908 1.1 skrll /* Get the m68k ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
909 1.1 skrll
910 1.1.1.2 christos #define elf_m68k_hash_table(p) \
911 1.1.1.2 christos (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
912 1.1 skrll == M68K_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
913 1.1 skrll
914 1.1 skrll /* Shortcut to multi-GOT data. */
915 1.1 skrll #define elf_m68k_multi_got(INFO) (&elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->multi_got_)
916 1.1 skrll
917 1.1 skrll /* Create an entry in an m68k ELF linker hash table. */
918 1.1 skrll
919 1.1.1.2 christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
920 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
921 1.1.1.2 christos struct bfd_hash_table *table,
922 1.1 skrll const char *string)
923 1.1 skrll {
924 1.1 skrll struct bfd_hash_entry *ret = entry;
925 1.1 skrll
926 1.1 skrll /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
927 1.1 skrll subclass. */
928 1.1 skrll if (ret == NULL)
929 1.1 skrll ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
930 1.1 skrll sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry));
931 1.1 skrll if (ret == NULL)
932 1.1 skrll return ret;
933 1.1 skrll
934 1.1 skrll /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
935 1.1 skrll ret = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (ret, table, string);
936 1.1 skrll if (ret != NULL)
937 1.1 skrll {
938 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->pcrel_relocs_copied = NULL;
939 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->got_entry_key = 0;
940 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->glist = NULL;
941 1.1 skrll }
942 1.1 skrll
943 1.1 skrll return ret;
944 1.1 skrll }
945 1.1 skrll
946 1.1 skrll /* Create an m68k ELF linker hash table. */
947 1.1 skrll
948 1.1.1.2 christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
949 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
950 1.1 skrll {
951 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *ret;
952 1.1 skrll bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table);
953 1.1 skrll
954 1.1 skrll ret = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
955 1.1 skrll if (ret == (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) NULL)
956 1.1 skrll return NULL;
957 1.1 skrll
958 1.1 skrll if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
959 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc,
960 1.1.1.2 christos sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry),
961 1.1 skrll M68K_ELF_DATA))
962 1.1 skrll {
963 1.1 skrll free (ret);
964 1.1 skrll return NULL;
965 1.1 skrll }
966 1.1.1.2 christos
967 1.1 skrll ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
968 1.1 skrll ret->plt_info = NULL;
969 1.1 skrll ret->local_gp_p = FALSE;
970 1.1 skrll ret->use_neg_got_offsets_p = FALSE;
971 1.1 skrll ret->allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
972 1.1 skrll ret->multi_got_.bfd2got = NULL;
973 1.1 skrll ret->multi_got_.global_symndx = 1;
974 1.1 skrll
975 1.1 skrll return &ret->root.root;
976 1.1 skrll }
977 1.1 skrll
978 1.1 skrll /* Destruct local data. */
979 1.1 skrll
980 1.1 skrll static void
981 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free (struct bfd_link_hash_table *_htab)
982 1.1 skrll {
983 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
984 1.1 skrll
985 1.1 skrll htab = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) _htab;
986 1.1 skrll
987 1.1 skrll if (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got != NULL)
988 1.1 skrll {
989 1.1 skrll htab_delete (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got);
990 1.1 skrll htab->multi_got_.bfd2got = NULL;
991 1.1 skrll }
992 1.1 skrll }
993 1.1 skrll
994 1.1 skrll /* Set the right machine number. */
995 1.1 skrll
996 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
997 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_object_p (bfd *abfd)
998 1.1 skrll {
999 1.1 skrll unsigned int mach = 0;
1000 1.1 skrll unsigned features = 0;
1001 1.1 skrll flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
1002 1.1 skrll
1003 1.1 skrll if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
1004 1.1 skrll features |= m68000;
1005 1.1 skrll else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
1006 1.1 skrll features |= cpu32;
1007 1.1 skrll else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
1008 1.1 skrll features |= fido_a;
1009 1.1 skrll else
1010 1.1 skrll {
1011 1.1 skrll switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
1012 1.1 skrll {
1013 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
1014 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a;
1015 1.1 skrll break;
1016 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
1017 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfhwdiv;
1018 1.1 skrll break;
1019 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
1020 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_aa|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
1021 1.1 skrll break;
1022 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
1023 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv;
1024 1.1 skrll break;
1025 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
1026 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
1027 1.1 skrll break;
1028 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
1029 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
1030 1.1 skrll break;
1031 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
1032 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfusp;
1033 1.1 skrll break;
1034 1.1 skrll }
1035 1.1 skrll switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
1036 1.1 skrll {
1037 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
1038 1.1 skrll features |= mcfmac;
1039 1.1 skrll break;
1040 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
1041 1.1 skrll features |= mcfemac;
1042 1.1 skrll break;
1043 1.1 skrll }
1044 1.1 skrll if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
1045 1.1 skrll features |= cfloat;
1046 1.1 skrll }
1047 1.1 skrll
1048 1.1 skrll mach = bfd_m68k_features_to_mach (features);
1049 1.1 skrll bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_m68k, mach);
1050 1.1 skrll
1051 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
1052 1.1 skrll }
1053 1.1.1.2 christos
1054 1.1.1.2 christos /* Somewhat reverse of elf32_m68k_object_p, this sets the e_flag
1055 1.1.1.2 christos field based on the machine number. */
1056 1.1.1.2 christos
1057 1.1.1.2 christos static void
1058 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
1059 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1060 1.1.1.2 christos {
1061 1.1.1.2 christos int mach = bfd_get_mach (abfd);
1062 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned long e_flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
1063 1.1.1.2 christos
1064 1.1.1.2 christos if (!e_flags)
1065 1.1.1.2 christos {
1066 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned int arch_mask;
1067 1.1.1.2 christos
1068 1.1.1.2 christos arch_mask = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (mach);
1069 1.1.1.2 christos
1070 1.1.1.2 christos if (arch_mask & m68000)
1071 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags = EF_M68K_M68000;
1072 1.1.1.2 christos else if (arch_mask & cpu32)
1073 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags = EF_M68K_CPU32;
1074 1.1.1.2 christos else if (arch_mask & fido_a)
1075 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
1076 1.1.1.2 christos else
1077 1.1.1.2 christos {
1078 1.1.1.2 christos switch (arch_mask
1079 1.1.1.2 christos & (mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfisa_b | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp))
1080 1.1.1.2 christos {
1081 1.1.1.2 christos case mcfisa_a:
1082 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV;
1083 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1084 1.1.1.2 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfhwdiv:
1085 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A;
1086 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1087 1.1.1.2 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
1088 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS;
1089 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1090 1.1.1.2 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv:
1091 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP;
1092 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1093 1.1.1.2 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
1094 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B;
1095 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1096 1.1.1.2 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
1097 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C;
1098 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1099 1.1.1.2 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfusp:
1100 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV;
1101 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1102 1.1.1.2 christos }
1103 1.1.1.2 christos if (arch_mask & mcfmac)
1104 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_MAC;
1105 1.1.1.2 christos else if (arch_mask & mcfemac)
1106 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_EMAC;
1107 1.1.1.2 christos if (arch_mask & cfloat)
1108 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT | EF_M68K_CFV4E;
1109 1.1.1.2 christos }
1110 1.1.1.2 christos elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = e_flags;
1111 1.1.1.2 christos }
1112 1.1.1.2 christos }
1113 1.1 skrll
1114 1.1.1.2 christos /* Keep m68k-specific flags in the ELF header. */
1115 1.1 skrll
1116 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
1117 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1118 1.1 skrll {
1119 1.1 skrll elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1120 1.1 skrll elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
1121 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
1122 1.1 skrll }
1123 1.1 skrll
1124 1.1 skrll /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
1125 1.1 skrll object file when linking. */
1126 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
1127 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1128 1.1 skrll {
1129 1.1 skrll flagword out_flags;
1130 1.1 skrll flagword in_flags;
1131 1.1 skrll flagword out_isa;
1132 1.1 skrll flagword in_isa;
1133 1.1 skrll const bfd_arch_info_type *arch_info;
1134 1.1 skrll
1135 1.1 skrll if ( bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1136 1.1 skrll || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1137 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
1138 1.1 skrll
1139 1.1 skrll /* Get the merged machine. This checks for incompatibility between
1140 1.1 skrll Coldfire & non-Coldfire flags, incompability between different
1141 1.1 skrll Coldfire ISAs, and incompability between different MAC types. */
1142 1.1 skrll arch_info = bfd_arch_get_compatible (ibfd, obfd, FALSE);
1143 1.1 skrll if (!arch_info)
1144 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
1145 1.1 skrll
1146 1.1 skrll bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_m68k, arch_info->mach);
1147 1.1 skrll
1148 1.1 skrll in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1149 1.1 skrll if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
1150 1.1 skrll {
1151 1.1 skrll elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1152 1.1 skrll out_flags = in_flags;
1153 1.1 skrll }
1154 1.1 skrll else
1155 1.1 skrll {
1156 1.1 skrll out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
1157 1.1 skrll unsigned int variant_mask;
1158 1.1 skrll
1159 1.1 skrll if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
1160 1.1 skrll variant_mask = 0;
1161 1.1 skrll else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
1162 1.1 skrll variant_mask = 0;
1163 1.1 skrll else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
1164 1.1 skrll variant_mask = 0;
1165 1.1 skrll else
1166 1.1 skrll variant_mask = EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK;
1167 1.1 skrll
1168 1.1 skrll in_isa = (in_flags & variant_mask);
1169 1.1 skrll out_isa = (out_flags & variant_mask);
1170 1.1 skrll if (in_isa > out_isa)
1171 1.1 skrll out_flags ^= in_isa ^ out_isa;
1172 1.1 skrll if (((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32
1173 1.1 skrll && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
1174 1.1 skrll || ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO
1175 1.1 skrll && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32))
1176 1.1 skrll out_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
1177 1.1 skrll else
1178 1.1 skrll out_flags |= in_flags ^ in_isa;
1179 1.1 skrll }
1180 1.1 skrll elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = out_flags;
1181 1.1 skrll
1182 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
1183 1.1 skrll }
1184 1.1 skrll
1185 1.1 skrll /* Display the flags field. */
1186 1.1 skrll
1187 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
1188 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
1189 1.1 skrll {
1190 1.1 skrll FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
1191 1.1 skrll flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
1192 1.1 skrll
1193 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
1194 1.1 skrll
1195 1.1 skrll /* Print normal ELF private data. */
1196 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
1197 1.1 skrll
1198 1.1 skrll /* Ignore init flag - it may not be set, despite the flags field containing valid data. */
1199 1.1 skrll
1200 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
1201 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
1202 1.1 skrll
1203 1.1 skrll if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
1204 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [m68000]");
1205 1.1 skrll else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
1206 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [cpu32]");
1207 1.1 skrll else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
1208 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [fido]");
1209 1.1 skrll else
1210 1.1 skrll {
1211 1.1 skrll if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CFV4E)
1212 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [cfv4e]");
1213 1.1 skrll
1214 1.1 skrll if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
1215 1.1 skrll {
1216 1.1 skrll char const *isa = _("unknown");
1217 1.1 skrll char const *mac = _("unknown");
1218 1.1 skrll char const *additional = "";
1219 1.1 skrll
1220 1.1 skrll switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
1221 1.1 skrll {
1222 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
1223 1.1 skrll isa = "A";
1224 1.1 skrll additional = " [nodiv]";
1225 1.1 skrll break;
1226 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
1227 1.1 skrll isa = "A";
1228 1.1 skrll break;
1229 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
1230 1.1 skrll isa = "A+";
1231 1.1 skrll break;
1232 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
1233 1.1 skrll isa = "B";
1234 1.1 skrll additional = " [nousp]";
1235 1.1 skrll break;
1236 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
1237 1.1 skrll isa = "B";
1238 1.1 skrll break;
1239 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
1240 1.1 skrll isa = "C";
1241 1.1 skrll break;
1242 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
1243 1.1 skrll isa = "C";
1244 1.1 skrll additional = " [nodiv]";
1245 1.1 skrll break;
1246 1.1 skrll }
1247 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [isa %s]%s", isa, additional);
1248 1.1 skrll
1249 1.1 skrll if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
1250 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [float]");
1251 1.1 skrll
1252 1.1 skrll switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
1253 1.1 skrll {
1254 1.1 skrll case 0:
1255 1.1 skrll mac = NULL;
1256 1.1 skrll break;
1257 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
1258 1.1 skrll mac = "mac";
1259 1.1 skrll break;
1260 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
1261 1.1 skrll mac = "emac";
1262 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1263 1.1.1.2 christos case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC_B:
1264 1.1.1.2 christos mac = "emac_b";
1265 1.1 skrll break;
1266 1.1 skrll }
1267 1.1 skrll if (mac)
1268 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [%s]", mac);
1269 1.1 skrll }
1270 1.1 skrll }
1271 1.1 skrll
1272 1.1 skrll fputc ('\n', file);
1273 1.1 skrll
1274 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
1275 1.1 skrll }
1276 1.1 skrll
1277 1.1 skrll /* Multi-GOT support implementation design:
1278 1.1 skrll
1279 1.1 skrll Multi-GOT starts in check_relocs hook. There we scan all
1280 1.1 skrll relocations of a BFD and build a local GOT (struct elf_m68k_got)
1281 1.1 skrll for it. If a single BFD appears to require too many GOT slots with
1282 1.1 skrll R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_GOT16O relocations, we fail with notification
1283 1.1 skrll to user.
1284 1.1 skrll After check_relocs has been invoked for each input BFD, we have
1285 1.1 skrll constructed a GOT for each input BFD.
1286 1.1 skrll
1287 1.1 skrll To minimize total number of GOTs required for a particular output BFD
1288 1.1 skrll (as some environments support only 1 GOT per output object) we try
1289 1.1 skrll to merge some of the GOTs to share an offset space. Ideally [and in most
1290 1.1 skrll cases] we end up with a single GOT. In cases when there are too many
1291 1.1 skrll restricted relocations (e.g., R_68K_GOT16O relocations) we end up with
1292 1.1 skrll several GOTs, assuming the environment can handle them.
1293 1.1 skrll
1294 1.1 skrll Partitioning is done in elf_m68k_partition_multi_got. We start with
1295 1.1 skrll an empty GOT and traverse bfd2got hashtable putting got_entries from
1296 1.1 skrll local GOTs to the new 'big' one. We do that by constructing an
1297 1.1 skrll intermediate GOT holding all the entries the local GOT has and the big
1298 1.1 skrll GOT lacks. Then we check if there is room in the big GOT to accomodate
1299 1.1 skrll all the entries from diff. On success we add those entries to the big
1300 1.1 skrll GOT; on failure we start the new 'big' GOT and retry the adding of
1301 1.1 skrll entries from the local GOT. Note that this retry will always succeed as
1302 1.1 skrll each local GOT doesn't overflow the limits. After partitioning we
1303 1.1 skrll end up with each bfd assigned one of the big GOTs. GOT entries in the
1304 1.1 skrll big GOTs are initialized with GOT offsets. Note that big GOTs are
1305 1.1 skrll positioned consequently in program space and represent a single huge GOT
1306 1.1 skrll to the outside world.
1307 1.1 skrll
1308 1.1 skrll After that we get to elf_m68k_relocate_section. There we
1309 1.1 skrll adjust relocations of GOT pointer (_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) and symbol
1310 1.1 skrll relocations to refer to appropriate [assigned to current input_bfd]
1311 1.1 skrll big GOT.
1312 1.1 skrll
1313 1.1 skrll Notes:
1314 1.1.1.2 christos
1315 1.1.1.2 christos GOT entry type: We have several types of GOT entries.
1316 1.1.1.2 christos * R_8 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
1317 1.1 skrll R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_TLS_*8 relocation. We can have at most 0x40
1318 1.1.1.2 christos such entries in one GOT.
1319 1.1.1.2 christos * R_16 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
1320 1.1 skrll R_68K_GOT16O or R_68K_TLS_*16 relocation and no R_8 relocations.
1321 1.1.1.2 christos We can have at most 0x4000 such entries in one GOT.
1322 1.1.1.2 christos * R_32 type is used in all other cases. We can have as many
1323 1.1 skrll such entries in one GOT as we'd like.
1324 1.1 skrll When counting relocations we have to include the count of the smaller
1325 1.1 skrll ranged relocations in the counts of the larger ranged ones in order
1326 1.1 skrll to correctly detect overflow.
1327 1.1 skrll
1328 1.1.1.2 christos Sorting the GOT: In each GOT starting offsets are assigned to
1329 1.1.1.2 christos R_8 entries, which are followed by R_16 entries, and
1330 1.1 skrll R_32 entries go at the end. See finalize_got_offsets for details.
1331 1.1 skrll
1332 1.1 skrll Negative GOT offsets: To double usable offset range of GOTs we use
1333 1.1 skrll negative offsets. As we assign entries with GOT offsets relative to
1334 1.1 skrll start of .got section, the offset values are positive. They become
1335 1.1 skrll negative only in relocate_section where got->offset value is
1336 1.1 skrll subtracted from them.
1337 1.1 skrll
1338 1.1 skrll 3 special GOT entries: There are 3 special GOT entries used internally
1339 1.1 skrll by loader. These entries happen to be placed to .got.plt section,
1340 1.1 skrll so we don't do anything about them in multi-GOT support.
1341 1.1 skrll
1342 1.1 skrll Memory management: All data except for hashtables
1343 1.1 skrll multi_got->bfd2got and got->entries are allocated on
1344 1.1 skrll elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj bfd (for this reason we pass 'info'
1345 1.1 skrll to most functions), so we don't need to care to free them. At the
1346 1.1 skrll moment of allocation hashtables are being linked into main data
1347 1.1 skrll structure (multi_got), all pieces of which are reachable from
1348 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_multi_got (info). We deallocate them in
1349 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free. */
1350 1.1 skrll
1351 1.1 skrll /* Initialize GOT. */
1352 1.1 skrll
1353 1.1.1.2 christos static void
1354 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_init_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
1355 1.1.1.2 christos {
1356 1.1.1.2 christos got->entries = NULL;
1357 1.1.1.2 christos got->n_slots[R_8] = 0;
1358 1.1.1.2 christos got->n_slots[R_16] = 0;
1359 1.1.1.2 christos got->n_slots[R_32] = 0;
1360 1.1.1.2 christos got->local_n_slots = 0;
1361 1.1 skrll got->offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
1362 1.1 skrll }
1363 1.1 skrll
1364 1.1 skrll /* Destruct GOT. */
1365 1.1 skrll
1366 1.1 skrll static void
1367 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
1368 1.1 skrll {
1369 1.1 skrll if (got->entries != NULL)
1370 1.1 skrll {
1371 1.1 skrll htab_delete (got->entries);
1372 1.1 skrll got->entries = NULL;
1373 1.1 skrll }
1374 1.1 skrll }
1375 1.1 skrll
1376 1.1 skrll /* Create and empty GOT structure. INFO is the context where memory
1377 1.1 skrll should be allocated. */
1378 1.1 skrll
1379 1.1 skrll static struct elf_m68k_got *
1380 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_create_empty_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1381 1.1 skrll {
1382 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
1383 1.1 skrll
1384 1.1 skrll got = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*got));
1385 1.1 skrll if (got == NULL)
1386 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1387 1.1.1.2 christos
1388 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_got (got);
1389 1.1 skrll
1390 1.1 skrll return got;
1391 1.1 skrll }
1392 1.1 skrll
1393 1.1 skrll /* Initialize KEY. */
1394 1.1 skrll
1395 1.1 skrll static void
1396 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
1397 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1398 1.1.1.2 christos const bfd *abfd, unsigned long symndx,
1399 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type)
1400 1.1.1.2 christos {
1401 1.1.1.2 christos if (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (reloc_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
1402 1.1.1.2 christos /* All TLS_LDM relocations share a single GOT entry. */
1403 1.1.1.2 christos {
1404 1.1.1.2 christos key->bfd = NULL;
1405 1.1.1.2 christos key->symndx = 0;
1406 1.1.1.2 christos }
1407 1.1.1.2 christos else if (h != NULL)
1408 1.1 skrll /* Global symbols are identified with their got_entry_key. */
1409 1.1 skrll {
1410 1.1 skrll key->bfd = NULL;
1411 1.1 skrll key->symndx = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key;
1412 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (key->symndx != 0);
1413 1.1 skrll }
1414 1.1.1.2 christos else
1415 1.1 skrll /* Local symbols are identified by BFD they appear in and symndx. */
1416 1.1 skrll {
1417 1.1 skrll key->bfd = abfd;
1418 1.1 skrll key->symndx = symndx;
1419 1.1.1.2 christos }
1420 1.1.1.2 christos
1421 1.1 skrll key->type = reloc_type;
1422 1.1 skrll }
1423 1.1 skrll
1424 1.1 skrll /* Calculate hash of got_entry.
1425 1.1 skrll ??? Is it good? */
1426 1.1 skrll
1427 1.1 skrll static hashval_t
1428 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_hash (const void *_entry)
1429 1.1 skrll {
1430 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key;
1431 1.1 skrll
1432 1.1 skrll key = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry)->key_;
1433 1.1.1.2 christos
1434 1.1.1.2 christos return (key->symndx
1435 1.1.1.2 christos + (key->bfd != NULL ? (int) key->bfd->id : -1)
1436 1.1 skrll + elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key->type));
1437 1.1 skrll }
1438 1.1 skrll
1439 1.1 skrll /* Check if two got entries are equal. */
1440 1.1 skrll
1441 1.1 skrll static int
1442 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_eq (const void *_entry1, const void *_entry2)
1443 1.1 skrll {
1444 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key1;
1445 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key2;
1446 1.1 skrll
1447 1.1 skrll key1 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry1)->key_;
1448 1.1 skrll key2 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry2)->key_;
1449 1.1 skrll
1450 1.1.1.2 christos return (key1->bfd == key2->bfd
1451 1.1.1.2 christos && key1->symndx == key2->symndx
1452 1.1.1.2 christos && (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key1->type)
1453 1.1 skrll == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key2->type)));
1454 1.1 skrll }
1455 1.1.1.2 christos
1456 1.1.1.2 christos /* When using negative offsets, we allocate one extra R_8, one extra R_16
1457 1.1.1.2 christos and one extra R_32 slots to simplify handling of 2-slot entries during
1458 1.1.1.2 christos offset allocation -- hence -1 for R_8 slots and -2 for R_16 slots. */
1459 1.1.1.2 christos
1460 1.1.1.2 christos /* Maximal number of R_8 slots in a single GOT. */
1461 1.1 skrll #define ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO) \
1462 1.1.1.2 christos (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p \
1463 1.1 skrll ? (0x40 - 1) \
1464 1.1 skrll : 0x20)
1465 1.1.1.2 christos
1466 1.1.1.2 christos /* Maximal number of R_8 and R_16 slots in a single GOT. */
1467 1.1 skrll #define ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO) \
1468 1.1.1.2 christos (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p \
1469 1.1 skrll ? (0x4000 - 2) \
1470 1.1 skrll : 0x2000)
1471 1.1 skrll
1472 1.1 skrll /* SEARCH - simply search the hashtable, don't insert new entries or fail when
1473 1.1 skrll the entry cannot be found.
1474 1.1 skrll FIND_OR_CREATE - search for an existing entry, but create new if there's
1475 1.1 skrll no such.
1476 1.1 skrll MUST_FIND - search for an existing entry and assert that it exist.
1477 1.1 skrll MUST_CREATE - assert that there's no such entry and create new one. */
1478 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto
1479 1.1 skrll {
1480 1.1 skrll SEARCH,
1481 1.1 skrll FIND_OR_CREATE,
1482 1.1 skrll MUST_FIND,
1483 1.1 skrll MUST_CREATE
1484 1.1 skrll };
1485 1.1 skrll
1486 1.1 skrll /* Get or create (depending on HOWTO) entry with KEY in GOT.
1487 1.1 skrll INFO is context in which memory should be allocated (can be NULL if
1488 1.1 skrll HOWTO is SEARCH or MUST_FIND). */
1489 1.1 skrll
1490 1.1 skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
1491 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_get_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
1492 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
1493 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
1494 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info)
1495 1.1 skrll {
1496 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
1497 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
1498 1.1 skrll void **ptr;
1499 1.1 skrll
1500 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
1501 1.1 skrll
1502 1.1 skrll if (got->entries == NULL)
1503 1.1 skrll /* This is the first entry in ABFD. Initialize hashtable. */
1504 1.1 skrll {
1505 1.1 skrll if (howto == SEARCH)
1506 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1507 1.1.1.2 christos
1508 1.1 skrll got->entries = htab_try_create (ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT
1509 1.1 skrll (info),
1510 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_hash,
1511 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_eq, NULL);
1512 1.1 skrll if (got->entries == NULL)
1513 1.1 skrll {
1514 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
1515 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1516 1.1 skrll }
1517 1.1 skrll }
1518 1.1 skrll
1519 1.1 skrll entry_.key_ = *key;
1520 1.1 skrll ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
1521 1.1 skrll ? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
1522 1.1 skrll if (ptr == NULL)
1523 1.1 skrll {
1524 1.1 skrll if (howto == SEARCH)
1525 1.1 skrll /* Entry not found. */
1526 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1527 1.1 skrll
1528 1.1 skrll /* We're out of memory. */
1529 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
1530 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1531 1.1 skrll }
1532 1.1 skrll
1533 1.1 skrll if (*ptr == NULL)
1534 1.1 skrll /* We didn't find the entry and we're asked to create a new one. */
1535 1.1 skrll {
1536 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
1537 1.1 skrll
1538 1.1 skrll entry = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry));
1539 1.1 skrll if (entry == NULL)
1540 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1541 1.1 skrll
1542 1.1 skrll /* Initialize new entry. */
1543 1.1 skrll entry->key_ = *key;
1544 1.1 skrll
1545 1.1.1.2 christos entry->u.s1.refcount = 0;
1546 1.1.1.2 christos
1547 1.1.1.2 christos /* Mark the entry as not initialized. */
1548 1.1 skrll entry->key_.type = R_68K_max;
1549 1.1 skrll
1550 1.1 skrll *ptr = entry;
1551 1.1 skrll }
1552 1.1 skrll else
1553 1.1 skrll /* We found the entry. */
1554 1.1 skrll {
1555 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
1556 1.1 skrll
1557 1.1 skrll entry = *ptr;
1558 1.1 skrll }
1559 1.1 skrll
1560 1.1 skrll return entry;
1561 1.1 skrll }
1562 1.1 skrll
1563 1.1 skrll /* Update GOT counters when merging entry of WAS type with entry of NEW type.
1564 1.1 skrll Return the value to which ENTRY's type should be set. */
1565 1.1.1.2 christos
1566 1.1.1.2 christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
1567 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
1568 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_reloc_type was,
1569 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_reloc_type new_reloc)
1570 1.1.1.2 christos {
1571 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size was_size;
1572 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size new_size;
1573 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma n_slots;
1574 1.1.1.2 christos
1575 1.1.1.2 christos if (was == R_68K_max)
1576 1.1 skrll /* The type of the entry is not initialized yet. */
1577 1.1.1.2 christos {
1578 1.1.1.2 christos /* Update all got->n_slots counters, including n_slots[R_32]. */
1579 1.1 skrll was_size = R_LAST;
1580 1.1.1.2 christos
1581 1.1 skrll was = new_reloc;
1582 1.1 skrll }
1583 1.1.1.2 christos else
1584 1.1.1.2 christos {
1585 1.1.1.2 christos /* !!! We, probably, should emit an error rather then fail on assert
1586 1.1.1.2 christos in such a case. */
1587 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (was)
1588 1.1.1.2 christos == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (new_reloc));
1589 1.1.1.2 christos
1590 1.1.1.2 christos was_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (was);
1591 1.1 skrll }
1592 1.1.1.2 christos
1593 1.1.1.2 christos new_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (new_reloc);
1594 1.1.1.2 christos n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (new_reloc);
1595 1.1.1.2 christos
1596 1.1.1.2 christos while (was_size > new_size)
1597 1.1.1.2 christos {
1598 1.1.1.2 christos --was_size;
1599 1.1.1.2 christos got->n_slots[was_size] += n_slots;
1600 1.1.1.2 christos }
1601 1.1.1.2 christos
1602 1.1.1.2 christos if (new_reloc > was)
1603 1.1.1.2 christos /* Relocations are ordered from bigger got offset size to lesser,
1604 1.1.1.2 christos so choose the relocation type with lesser offset size. */
1605 1.1.1.2 christos was = new_reloc;
1606 1.1.1.2 christos
1607 1.1 skrll return was;
1608 1.1 skrll }
1609 1.1 skrll
1610 1.1 skrll /* Update GOT counters when removing an entry of type TYPE. */
1611 1.1 skrll
1612 1.1.1.2 christos static void
1613 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_remove_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
1614 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type)
1615 1.1.1.2 christos {
1616 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size os;
1617 1.1 skrll bfd_vma n_slots;
1618 1.1.1.2 christos
1619 1.1 skrll n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
1620 1.1.1.2 christos
1621 1.1.1.2 christos /* Decrese counter of slots with offset size corresponding to TYPE
1622 1.1.1.2 christos and all greater offset sizes. */
1623 1.1.1.2 christos for (os = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (type); os <= R_32; ++os)
1624 1.1.1.2 christos {
1625 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[os] >= n_slots);
1626 1.1.1.2 christos
1627 1.1 skrll got->n_slots[os] -= n_slots;
1628 1.1 skrll }
1629 1.1 skrll }
1630 1.1 skrll
1631 1.1 skrll /* Add new or update existing entry to GOT.
1632 1.1 skrll H, ABFD, TYPE and SYMNDX is data for the entry.
1633 1.1 skrll INFO is a context where memory should be allocated. */
1634 1.1 skrll
1635 1.1 skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
1636 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
1637 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1638 1.1.1.2 christos const bfd *abfd,
1639 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type,
1640 1.1 skrll unsigned long symndx,
1641 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info)
1642 1.1 skrll {
1643 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
1644 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
1645 1.1 skrll
1646 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL && elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key == 0)
1647 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key
1648 1.1 skrll = elf_m68k_multi_got (info)->global_symndx++;
1649 1.1.1.2 christos
1650 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, symndx, reloc_type);
1651 1.1 skrll
1652 1.1 skrll entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
1653 1.1 skrll if (entry == NULL)
1654 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1655 1.1.1.2 christos
1656 1.1.1.2 christos /* Determine entry's type and update got->n_slots counters. */
1657 1.1.1.2 christos entry->key_.type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (got,
1658 1.1.1.2 christos entry->key_.type,
1659 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_type);
1660 1.1 skrll
1661 1.1 skrll /* Update refcount. */
1662 1.1 skrll ++entry->u.s1.refcount;
1663 1.1 skrll
1664 1.1 skrll if (entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
1665 1.1 skrll /* We see this entry for the first time. */
1666 1.1 skrll {
1667 1.1.1.2 christos if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
1668 1.1 skrll got->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
1669 1.1 skrll }
1670 1.1.1.2 christos
1671 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
1672 1.1.1.2 christos
1673 1.1.1.2 christos if ((got->n_slots[R_8]
1674 1.1.1.2 christos > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
1675 1.1.1.2 christos || (got->n_slots[R_16]
1676 1.1 skrll > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
1677 1.1 skrll /* This BFD has too many relocation. */
1678 1.1.1.2 christos {
1679 1.1 skrll if (got->n_slots[R_8] > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
1680 1.1.1.2 christos (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
1681 1.1.1.2 christos "Number of relocations with 8-bit "
1682 1.1 skrll "offset > %d"),
1683 1.1.1.2 christos abfd,
1684 1.1 skrll ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
1685 1.1 skrll else
1686 1.1.1.2 christos (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
1687 1.1.1.2 christos "Number of relocations with 8- or 16-bit "
1688 1.1 skrll "offset > %d"),
1689 1.1.1.2 christos abfd,
1690 1.1 skrll ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
1691 1.1 skrll
1692 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1693 1.1 skrll }
1694 1.1 skrll
1695 1.1 skrll return entry;
1696 1.1 skrll }
1697 1.1 skrll
1698 1.1 skrll /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
1699 1.1 skrll
1700 1.1 skrll static hashval_t
1701 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry)
1702 1.1 skrll {
1703 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e;
1704 1.1 skrll
1705 1.1 skrll e = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry;
1706 1.1 skrll
1707 1.1 skrll return e->bfd->id;
1708 1.1 skrll }
1709 1.1 skrll
1710 1.1 skrll /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
1711 1.1 skrll
1712 1.1 skrll static int
1713 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
1714 1.1 skrll {
1715 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e1;
1716 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e2;
1717 1.1 skrll
1718 1.1 skrll e1 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry1;
1719 1.1 skrll e2 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry2;
1720 1.1 skrll
1721 1.1 skrll return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
1722 1.1 skrll }
1723 1.1 skrll
1724 1.1 skrll /* Destruct a bfd2got entry. */
1725 1.1 skrll
1726 1.1 skrll static void
1727 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del (void *_entry)
1728 1.1 skrll {
1729 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
1730 1.1 skrll
1731 1.1 skrll entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) _entry;
1732 1.1 skrll
1733 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (entry->got != NULL);
1734 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (entry->got);
1735 1.1 skrll }
1736 1.1 skrll
1737 1.1 skrll /* Find existing or create new (depending on HOWTO) bfd2got entry in
1738 1.1 skrll MULTI_GOT. ABFD is the bfd we need a GOT for. INFO is a context where
1739 1.1 skrll memory should be allocated. */
1740 1.1 skrll
1741 1.1 skrll static struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *
1742 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got,
1743 1.1 skrll const bfd *abfd,
1744 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
1745 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info)
1746 1.1 skrll {
1747 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry entry_;
1748 1.1 skrll void **ptr;
1749 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
1750 1.1 skrll
1751 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
1752 1.1 skrll
1753 1.1 skrll if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
1754 1.1 skrll /* This is the first GOT. Initialize bfd2got. */
1755 1.1 skrll {
1756 1.1 skrll if (howto == SEARCH)
1757 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1758 1.1 skrll
1759 1.1 skrll multi_got->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash,
1760 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq,
1761 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del);
1762 1.1 skrll if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
1763 1.1 skrll {
1764 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
1765 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1766 1.1 skrll }
1767 1.1 skrll }
1768 1.1 skrll
1769 1.1 skrll entry_.bfd = abfd;
1770 1.1 skrll ptr = htab_find_slot (multi_got->bfd2got, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
1771 1.1 skrll ? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
1772 1.1 skrll if (ptr == NULL)
1773 1.1 skrll {
1774 1.1 skrll if (howto == SEARCH)
1775 1.1 skrll /* Entry not found. */
1776 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1777 1.1 skrll
1778 1.1 skrll /* We're out of memory. */
1779 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
1780 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1781 1.1 skrll }
1782 1.1 skrll
1783 1.1 skrll if (*ptr == NULL)
1784 1.1 skrll /* Entry was not found. Create new one. */
1785 1.1 skrll {
1786 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
1787 1.1 skrll
1788 1.1 skrll entry = ((struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *)
1789 1.1 skrll bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry)));
1790 1.1 skrll if (entry == NULL)
1791 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1792 1.1 skrll
1793 1.1 skrll entry->bfd = abfd;
1794 1.1 skrll
1795 1.1 skrll entry->got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (info);
1796 1.1 skrll if (entry->got == NULL)
1797 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1798 1.1 skrll
1799 1.1 skrll *ptr = entry;
1800 1.1 skrll }
1801 1.1 skrll else
1802 1.1 skrll {
1803 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
1804 1.1 skrll
1805 1.1 skrll /* Return existing entry. */
1806 1.1 skrll entry = *ptr;
1807 1.1 skrll }
1808 1.1 skrll
1809 1.1 skrll return entry;
1810 1.1 skrll }
1811 1.1 skrll
1812 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg
1813 1.1 skrll {
1814 1.1 skrll /* A current_got that we constructing a DIFF against. */
1815 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *big;
1816 1.1 skrll
1817 1.1 skrll /* GOT holding entries not present or that should be changed in
1818 1.1 skrll BIG. */
1819 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
1820 1.1 skrll
1821 1.1 skrll /* Context where to allocate memory. */
1822 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info;
1823 1.1 skrll
1824 1.1 skrll /* Error flag. */
1825 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean error_p;
1826 1.1 skrll };
1827 1.1 skrll
1828 1.1 skrll /* Process a single entry from the small GOT to see if it should be added
1829 1.1 skrll or updated in the big GOT. */
1830 1.1 skrll
1831 1.1 skrll static int
1832 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1 (void **_entry_ptr, void *_arg)
1833 1.1 skrll {
1834 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry1;
1835 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *arg;
1836 1.1.1.2 christos const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry2;
1837 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
1838 1.1 skrll
1839 1.1 skrll entry1 = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *_entry_ptr;
1840 1.1 skrll arg = (struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
1841 1.1 skrll
1842 1.1 skrll entry2 = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &entry1->key_, SEARCH, NULL);
1843 1.1 skrll
1844 1.1.1.2 christos if (entry2 != NULL)
1845 1.1 skrll /* We found an existing entry. Check if we should update it. */
1846 1.1.1.2 christos {
1847 1.1.1.2 christos type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
1848 1.1.1.2 christos entry2->key_.type,
1849 1.1 skrll entry1->key_.type);
1850 1.1.1.2 christos
1851 1.1 skrll if (type == entry2->key_.type)
1852 1.1 skrll /* ENTRY1 doesn't update data in ENTRY2. Skip it.
1853 1.1 skrll To skip creation of difference entry we use the type,
1854 1.1.1.2 christos which we won't see in GOT entries for sure. */
1855 1.1 skrll type = R_68K_max;
1856 1.1 skrll }
1857 1.1.1.2 christos else
1858 1.1 skrll /* We didn't find the entry. Add entry1 to DIFF. */
1859 1.1.1.2 christos {
1860 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (entry1->key_.type != R_68K_max);
1861 1.1.1.2 christos
1862 1.1.1.2 christos type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
1863 1.1 skrll R_68K_max, entry1->key_.type);
1864 1.1 skrll
1865 1.1.1.2 christos if (entry1->key_.bfd != NULL)
1866 1.1 skrll arg->diff->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
1867 1.1 skrll }
1868 1.1.1.2 christos
1869 1.1 skrll if (type != R_68K_max)
1870 1.1 skrll /* Create an entry in DIFF. */
1871 1.1 skrll {
1872 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
1873 1.1 skrll
1874 1.1 skrll entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->diff, &entry1->key_, MUST_CREATE,
1875 1.1 skrll arg->info);
1876 1.1 skrll if (entry == NULL)
1877 1.1 skrll {
1878 1.1 skrll arg->error_p = TRUE;
1879 1.1 skrll return 0;
1880 1.1 skrll }
1881 1.1.1.2 christos
1882 1.1 skrll entry->key_.type = type;
1883 1.1 skrll }
1884 1.1 skrll
1885 1.1 skrll return 1;
1886 1.1 skrll }
1887 1.1 skrll
1888 1.1 skrll /* Return TRUE if SMALL GOT can be added to BIG GOT without overflowing it.
1889 1.1 skrll Construct DIFF GOT holding the entries which should be added or updated
1890 1.1 skrll in BIG GOT to accumulate information from SMALL.
1891 1.1 skrll INFO is the context where memory should be allocated. */
1892 1.1 skrll
1893 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
1894 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
1895 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got *small,
1896 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info,
1897 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *diff)
1898 1.1 skrll {
1899 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg arg_;
1900 1.1 skrll
1901 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (small->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
1902 1.1 skrll
1903 1.1 skrll arg_.big = big;
1904 1.1 skrll arg_.diff = diff;
1905 1.1 skrll arg_.info = info;
1906 1.1 skrll arg_.error_p = FALSE;
1907 1.1 skrll htab_traverse_noresize (small->entries, elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
1908 1.1 skrll if (arg_.error_p)
1909 1.1 skrll {
1910 1.1 skrll diff->offset = 0;
1911 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
1912 1.1 skrll }
1913 1.1 skrll
1914 1.1.1.2 christos /* Check for overflow. */
1915 1.1.1.2 christos if ((big->n_slots[R_8] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_8]
1916 1.1.1.2 christos > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
1917 1.1.1.2 christos || (big->n_slots[R_16] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_16]
1918 1.1 skrll > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
1919 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
1920 1.1 skrll
1921 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
1922 1.1 skrll }
1923 1.1 skrll
1924 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg
1925 1.1 skrll {
1926 1.1 skrll /* The BIG got. */
1927 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *big;
1928 1.1 skrll
1929 1.1 skrll /* Context where memory should be allocated. */
1930 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info;
1931 1.1 skrll
1932 1.1 skrll /* Error flag. */
1933 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean error_p;
1934 1.1 skrll };
1935 1.1 skrll
1936 1.1 skrll /* Process a single entry from DIFF got. Add or update corresponding
1937 1.1 skrll entry in the BIG got. */
1938 1.1 skrll
1939 1.1 skrll static int
1940 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_merge_gots_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
1941 1.1 skrll {
1942 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *from;
1943 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *arg;
1944 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *to;
1945 1.1 skrll
1946 1.1 skrll from = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
1947 1.1 skrll arg = (struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
1948 1.1 skrll
1949 1.1 skrll to = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &from->key_, FIND_OR_CREATE,
1950 1.1 skrll arg->info);
1951 1.1 skrll if (to == NULL)
1952 1.1 skrll {
1953 1.1 skrll arg->error_p = TRUE;
1954 1.1 skrll return 0;
1955 1.1 skrll }
1956 1.1 skrll
1957 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (to->u.s1.refcount == 0);
1958 1.1.1.2 christos /* All we need to merge is TYPE. */
1959 1.1 skrll to->key_.type = from->key_.type;
1960 1.1 skrll
1961 1.1 skrll return 1;
1962 1.1 skrll }
1963 1.1 skrll
1964 1.1 skrll /* Merge data from DIFF to BIG. INFO is context where memory should be
1965 1.1 skrll allocated. */
1966 1.1 skrll
1967 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
1968 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
1969 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *diff,
1970 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info)
1971 1.1 skrll {
1972 1.1 skrll if (diff->entries != NULL)
1973 1.1 skrll /* DIFF is not empty. Merge it into BIG GOT. */
1974 1.1 skrll {
1975 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg arg_;
1976 1.1 skrll
1977 1.1 skrll /* Merge entries. */
1978 1.1 skrll arg_.big = big;
1979 1.1 skrll arg_.info = info;
1980 1.1 skrll arg_.error_p = FALSE;
1981 1.1 skrll htab_traverse_noresize (diff->entries, elf_m68k_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
1982 1.1 skrll if (arg_.error_p)
1983 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
1984 1.1 skrll
1985 1.1.1.2 christos /* Merge counters. */
1986 1.1.1.2 christos big->n_slots[R_8] += diff->n_slots[R_8];
1987 1.1.1.2 christos big->n_slots[R_16] += diff->n_slots[R_16];
1988 1.1.1.2 christos big->n_slots[R_32] += diff->n_slots[R_32];
1989 1.1 skrll big->local_n_slots += diff->local_n_slots;
1990 1.1 skrll }
1991 1.1 skrll else
1992 1.1 skrll /* DIFF is empty. */
1993 1.1.1.2 christos {
1994 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_8] == 0);
1995 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_16] == 0);
1996 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_32] == 0);
1997 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (diff->local_n_slots == 0);
1998 1.1 skrll }
1999 1.1 skrll
2000 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (!elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->allow_multigot_p
2001 1.1.1.2 christos || ((big->n_slots[R_8]
2002 1.1.1.2 christos <= ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
2003 1.1.1.2 christos && (big->n_slots[R_16]
2004 1.1 skrll <= ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))));
2005 1.1 skrll
2006 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2007 1.1 skrll }
2008 1.1 skrll
2009 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg
2010 1.1.1.2 christos {
2011 1.1.1.2 christos /* Ranges of the offsets for GOT entries.
2012 1.1.1.2 christos R_x entries receive offsets between offset1[R_x] and offset2[R_x].
2013 1.1.1.2 christos R_x is R_8, R_16 and R_32. */
2014 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma *offset1;
2015 1.1 skrll bfd_vma *offset2;
2016 1.1 skrll
2017 1.1 skrll /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
2018 1.1 skrll This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols. */
2019 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
2020 1.1.1.2 christos
2021 1.1 skrll bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
2022 1.1 skrll };
2023 1.1 skrll
2024 1.1 skrll /* Assign ENTRY an offset. Build list of GOT entries for global symbols
2025 1.1 skrll along the way. */
2026 1.1 skrll
2027 1.1 skrll static int
2028 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
2029 1.1 skrll {
2030 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
2031 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *arg;
2032 1.1.1.2 christos
2033 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size got_offset_size;
2034 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma entry_size;
2035 1.1 skrll
2036 1.1 skrll entry = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
2037 1.1 skrll arg = (struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *) _arg;
2038 1.1 skrll
2039 1.1 skrll /* This should be a fresh entry created in elf_m68k_can_merge_gots. */
2040 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
2041 1.1.1.2 christos
2042 1.1.1.2 christos /* Get GOT offset size for the entry . */
2043 1.1 skrll got_offset_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (entry->key_.type);
2044 1.1.1.2 christos
2045 1.1.1.2 christos /* Calculate entry size in bytes. */
2046 1.1 skrll entry_size = 4 * elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
2047 1.1.1.2 christos
2048 1.1.1.2 christos /* Check if we should switch to negative range of the offsets. */
2049 1.1.1.2 christos if (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
2050 1.1.1.2 christos > arg->offset2[got_offset_size])
2051 1.1.1.2 christos {
2052 1.1.1.2 christos /* Verify that this is the only switch to negative range for
2053 1.1.1.2 christos got_offset_size. If this assertion fails, then we've miscalculated
2054 1.1.1.2 christos range for got_offset_size entries in
2055 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets. */
2056 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset2[got_offset_size]
2057 1.1.1.2 christos != arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1]);
2058 1.1.1.2 christos
2059 1.1.1.2 christos /* Switch. */
2060 1.1.1.2 christos arg->offset1[got_offset_size] = arg->offset1[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
2061 1.1.1.2 christos arg->offset2[got_offset_size] = arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
2062 1.1.1.2 christos
2063 1.1.1.2 christos /* Verify that now we have enough room for the entry. */
2064 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
2065 1.1.1.2 christos <= arg->offset2[got_offset_size]);
2066 1.1.1.2 christos }
2067 1.1.1.2 christos
2068 1.1.1.2 christos /* Assign offset to entry. */
2069 1.1.1.2 christos entry->u.s2.offset = arg->offset1[got_offset_size];
2070 1.1 skrll arg->offset1[got_offset_size] += entry_size;
2071 1.1 skrll
2072 1.1 skrll if (entry->key_.bfd == NULL)
2073 1.1 skrll /* Hook up this entry into the list of got_entries of H. */
2074 1.1 skrll {
2075 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
2076 1.1 skrll
2077 1.1.1.2 christos h = arg->symndx2h[entry->key_.symndx];
2078 1.1.1.2 christos if (h != NULL)
2079 1.1.1.2 christos {
2080 1.1.1.2 christos entry->u.s2.next = h->glist;
2081 1.1.1.2 christos h->glist = entry;
2082 1.1.1.2 christos }
2083 1.1.1.2 christos else
2084 1.1.1.2 christos /* This should be the entry for TLS_LDM relocation then. */
2085 1.1.1.2 christos {
2086 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT ((elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (entry->key_.type)
2087 1.1.1.2 christos == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
2088 1.1 skrll && entry->key_.symndx == 0);
2089 1.1.1.2 christos
2090 1.1.1.2 christos ++arg->n_ldm_entries;
2091 1.1 skrll }
2092 1.1 skrll }
2093 1.1 skrll else
2094 1.1 skrll /* This entry is for local symbol. */
2095 1.1 skrll entry->u.s2.next = NULL;
2096 1.1 skrll
2097 1.1 skrll return 1;
2098 1.1 skrll }
2099 1.1 skrll
2100 1.1 skrll /* Assign offsets within GOT. USE_NEG_GOT_OFFSETS_P indicates if we
2101 1.1 skrll should use negative offsets.
2102 1.1 skrll Build list of GOT entries for global symbols along the way.
2103 1.1.1.2 christos SYMNDX2H is mapping from global symbol indices to actual
2104 1.1.1.2 christos global symbols.
2105 1.1 skrll Return offset at which next GOT should start. */
2106 1.1 skrll
2107 1.1 skrll static void
2108 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
2109 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p,
2110 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h,
2111 1.1 skrll bfd_vma *final_offset, bfd_vma *n_ldm_entries)
2112 1.1 skrll {
2113 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg arg_;
2114 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma offset1_[2 * R_LAST];
2115 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma offset2_[2 * R_LAST];
2116 1.1.1.2 christos int i;
2117 1.1 skrll bfd_vma start_offset;
2118 1.1 skrll
2119 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
2120 1.1 skrll
2121 1.1 skrll /* We set entry offsets relative to the .got section (and not the
2122 1.1.1.2 christos start of a particular GOT), so that we can use them in
2123 1.1 skrll finish_dynamic_symbol without needing to know the GOT which they come
2124 1.1 skrll from. */
2125 1.1.1.2 christos
2126 1.1.1.2 christos /* Put offset1 in the middle of offset1_, same for offset2. */
2127 1.1.1.2 christos arg_.offset1 = offset1_ + R_LAST;
2128 1.1.1.2 christos arg_.offset2 = offset2_ + R_LAST;
2129 1.1.1.2 christos
2130 1.1.1.2 christos start_offset = got->offset;
2131 1.1 skrll
2132 1.1.1.2 christos if (use_neg_got_offsets_p)
2133 1.1.1.2 christos /* Setup both negative and positive ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32. */
2134 1.1.1.2 christos i = -(int) R_32 - 1;
2135 1.1.1.2 christos else
2136 1.1.1.2 christos /* Setup positives ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32. */
2137 1.1.1.2 christos i = (int) R_8;
2138 1.1.1.2 christos
2139 1.1 skrll for (; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
2140 1.1.1.2 christos {
2141 1.1 skrll int j;
2142 1.1 skrll size_t n;
2143 1.1.1.2 christos
2144 1.1.1.2 christos /* Set beginning of the range of offsets I. */
2145 1.1 skrll arg_.offset1[i] = start_offset;
2146 1.1.1.2 christos
2147 1.1.1.2 christos /* Calculate number of slots that require I offsets. */
2148 1.1.1.2 christos j = (i >= 0) ? i : -i - 1;
2149 1.1.1.2 christos n = (j >= 1) ? got->n_slots[j - 1] : 0;
2150 1.1.1.2 christos n = got->n_slots[j] - n;
2151 1.1.1.2 christos
2152 1.1.1.2 christos if (use_neg_got_offsets_p && n != 0)
2153 1.1.1.2 christos {
2154 1.1.1.2 christos if (i < 0)
2155 1.1.1.2 christos /* We first fill the positive side of the range, so we might
2156 1.1.1.2 christos end up with one empty slot at that side when we can't fit
2157 1.1.1.2 christos whole 2-slot entry. Account for that at negative side of
2158 1.1.1.2 christos the interval with one additional entry. */
2159 1.1.1.2 christos n = n / 2 + 1;
2160 1.1.1.2 christos else
2161 1.1.1.2 christos /* When the number of slots is odd, make positive side of the
2162 1.1.1.2 christos range one entry bigger. */
2163 1.1.1.2 christos n = (n + 1) / 2;
2164 1.1 skrll }
2165 1.1.1.2 christos
2166 1.1.1.2 christos /* N is the number of slots that require I offsets.
2167 1.1.1.2 christos Calculate length of the range for I offsets. */
2168 1.1 skrll n = 4 * n;
2169 1.1.1.2 christos
2170 1.1.1.2 christos /* Set end of the range. */
2171 1.1 skrll arg_.offset2[i] = start_offset + n;
2172 1.1.1.2 christos
2173 1.1 skrll start_offset = arg_.offset2[i];
2174 1.1 skrll }
2175 1.1.1.2 christos
2176 1.1.1.2 christos if (!use_neg_got_offsets_p)
2177 1.1.1.2 christos /* Make sure that if we try to switch to negative offsets in
2178 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, the assert therein will catch
2179 1.1.1.2 christos the bug. */
2180 1.1.1.2 christos for (i = R_8; i <= R_32; ++i)
2181 1.1 skrll arg_.offset2[-i - 1] = arg_.offset2[i];
2182 1.1.1.2 christos
2183 1.1.1.2 christos /* Setup got->offset. offset1[R_8] is either in the middle or at the
2184 1.1.1.2 christos beginning of GOT depending on use_neg_got_offsets_p. */
2185 1.1 skrll got->offset = arg_.offset1[R_8];
2186 1.1 skrll
2187 1.1.1.2 christos arg_.symndx2h = symndx2h;
2188 1.1 skrll arg_.n_ldm_entries = 0;
2189 1.1.1.2 christos
2190 1.1 skrll /* Assign offsets. */
2191 1.1 skrll htab_traverse (got->entries, elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, &arg_);
2192 1.1.1.2 christos
2193 1.1.1.2 christos /* Check offset ranges we have actually assigned. */
2194 1.1.1.2 christos for (i = (int) R_8; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
2195 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset2[i] - arg_.offset1[i] <= 4);
2196 1.1.1.2 christos
2197 1.1.1.2 christos *final_offset = start_offset;
2198 1.1 skrll *n_ldm_entries = arg_.n_ldm_entries;
2199 1.1 skrll }
2200 1.1 skrll
2201 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg
2202 1.1 skrll {
2203 1.1 skrll /* The GOT we are adding entries to. Aka big got. */
2204 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *current_got;
2205 1.1 skrll
2206 1.1 skrll /* Offset to assign the next CURRENT_GOT. */
2207 1.1 skrll bfd_vma offset;
2208 1.1 skrll
2209 1.1 skrll /* Context where memory should be allocated. */
2210 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info;
2211 1.1.1.2 christos
2212 1.1 skrll /* Total number of slots in the .got section.
2213 1.1.1.2 christos This is used to calculate size of the .got and .rela.got sections. */
2214 1.1 skrll bfd_vma n_slots;
2215 1.1.1.2 christos
2216 1.1.1.2 christos /* Difference in numbers of allocated slots in the .got section
2217 1.1 skrll and necessary relocations in the .rela.got section.
2218 1.1.1.2 christos This is used to calculate size of the .rela.got section. */
2219 1.1 skrll bfd_vma slots_relas_diff;
2220 1.1 skrll
2221 1.1 skrll /* Error flag. */
2222 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean error_p;
2223 1.1 skrll
2224 1.1 skrll /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
2225 1.1 skrll This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols. */
2226 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
2227 1.1 skrll };
2228 1.1.1.2 christos
2229 1.1.1.2 christos static void
2230 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg)
2231 1.1.1.2 christos {
2232 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
2233 1.1.1.2 christos
2234 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (arg->current_got,
2235 1.1.1.2 christos (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)
2236 1.1.1.2 christos ->use_neg_got_offsets_p),
2237 1.1.1.2 christos arg->symndx2h,
2238 1.1.1.2 christos &arg->offset, &n_ldm_entries);
2239 1.1.1.2 christos
2240 1.1.1.2 christos arg->n_slots += arg->current_got->n_slots[R_32];
2241 1.1.1.2 christos
2242 1.1.1.2 christos if (!arg->info->shared)
2243 1.1.1.2 christos /* If we are generating a shared object, we need to
2244 1.1.1.2 christos output a R_68K_RELATIVE reloc so that the dynamic
2245 1.1.1.2 christos linker can adjust this GOT entry. Overwise we
2246 1.1.1.2 christos don't need space in .rela.got for local symbols. */
2247 1.1.1.2 christos arg->slots_relas_diff += arg->current_got->local_n_slots;
2248 1.1.1.2 christos
2249 1.1.1.2 christos /* @LDM relocations require a 2-slot GOT entry, but only
2250 1.1.1.2 christos one relocation. Account for that. */
2251 1.1.1.2 christos arg->slots_relas_diff += n_ldm_entries;
2252 1.1.1.2 christos
2253 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (arg->slots_relas_diff <= arg->n_slots);
2254 1.1.1.2 christos }
2255 1.1.1.2 christos
2256 1.1 skrll
2257 1.1 skrll /* Process a single BFD2GOT entry and either merge GOT to CURRENT_GOT
2258 1.1 skrll or start a new CURRENT_GOT. */
2259 1.1 skrll
2260 1.1 skrll static int
2261 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (void **_entry, void *_arg)
2262 1.1 skrll {
2263 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
2264 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
2265 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
2266 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got diff_;
2267 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
2268 1.1 skrll
2269 1.1 skrll entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) *_entry;
2270 1.1 skrll arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
2271 1.1 skrll
2272 1.1 skrll got = entry->got;
2273 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
2274 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
2275 1.1 skrll
2276 1.1 skrll diff = NULL;
2277 1.1 skrll
2278 1.1 skrll if (arg->current_got != NULL)
2279 1.1 skrll /* Construct diff. */
2280 1.1 skrll {
2281 1.1.1.2 christos diff = &diff_;
2282 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_got (diff);
2283 1.1 skrll
2284 1.1 skrll if (!elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (arg->current_got, got, arg->info, diff))
2285 1.1 skrll {
2286 1.1 skrll if (diff->offset == 0)
2287 1.1 skrll /* Offset set to 0 in the diff_ indicates an error. */
2288 1.1 skrll {
2289 1.1 skrll arg->error_p = TRUE;
2290 1.1 skrll goto final_return;
2291 1.1 skrll }
2292 1.1 skrll
2293 1.1 skrll if (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)->allow_multigot_p)
2294 1.1 skrll {
2295 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
2296 1.1 skrll /* Schedule to finish up current_got and start new one. */
2297 1.1 skrll diff = NULL;
2298 1.1 skrll }
2299 1.1 skrll /* else
2300 1.1 skrll Merge GOTs no matter what. If big GOT overflows,
2301 1.1 skrll we'll fail in relocate_section due to truncated relocations.
2302 1.1 skrll
2303 1.1 skrll ??? May be fail earlier? E.g., in can_merge_gots. */
2304 1.1 skrll }
2305 1.1 skrll }
2306 1.1 skrll else
2307 1.1 skrll /* Diff of got against empty current_got is got itself. */
2308 1.1.1.2 christos {
2309 1.1 skrll /* Create empty current_got to put subsequent GOTs to. */
2310 1.1 skrll arg->current_got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (arg->info);
2311 1.1 skrll if (arg->current_got == NULL)
2312 1.1 skrll {
2313 1.1 skrll arg->error_p = TRUE;
2314 1.1 skrll goto final_return;
2315 1.1 skrll }
2316 1.1 skrll
2317 1.1 skrll arg->current_got->offset = arg->offset;
2318 1.1 skrll
2319 1.1 skrll diff = got;
2320 1.1 skrll }
2321 1.1 skrll
2322 1.1 skrll if (diff != NULL)
2323 1.1.1.2 christos {
2324 1.1 skrll if (!elf_m68k_merge_gots (arg->current_got, diff, arg->info))
2325 1.1 skrll {
2326 1.1 skrll arg->error_p = TRUE;
2327 1.1 skrll goto final_return;
2328 1.1 skrll }
2329 1.1 skrll
2330 1.1 skrll /* Now we can free GOT. */
2331 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (got);
2332 1.1.1.2 christos
2333 1.1 skrll entry->got = arg->current_got;
2334 1.1 skrll }
2335 1.1 skrll else
2336 1.1 skrll {
2337 1.1.1.2 christos /* Finish up current_got. */
2338 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (arg);
2339 1.1.1.2 christos
2340 1.1.1.2 christos /* Schedule to start a new current_got. */
2341 1.1 skrll arg->current_got = NULL;
2342 1.1 skrll
2343 1.1 skrll /* Retry. */
2344 1.1 skrll if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (_entry, _arg))
2345 1.1 skrll {
2346 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (arg->error_p);
2347 1.1 skrll goto final_return;
2348 1.1 skrll }
2349 1.1 skrll }
2350 1.1 skrll
2351 1.1 skrll final_return:
2352 1.1 skrll if (diff != NULL)
2353 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
2354 1.1 skrll
2355 1.1 skrll return arg->error_p == FALSE ? 1 : 0;
2356 1.1 skrll }
2357 1.1 skrll
2358 1.1 skrll /* Helper function to build symndx2h mapping. */
2359 1.1 skrll
2360 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
2361 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *_h,
2362 1.1 skrll void *_arg)
2363 1.1 skrll {
2364 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
2365 1.1 skrll
2366 1.1 skrll h = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_h);
2367 1.1 skrll
2368 1.1 skrll if (h->got_entry_key != 0)
2369 1.1 skrll /* H has at least one entry in the GOT. */
2370 1.1 skrll {
2371 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
2372 1.1 skrll
2373 1.1 skrll arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
2374 1.1 skrll
2375 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] == NULL);
2376 1.1 skrll arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] = h;
2377 1.1 skrll }
2378 1.1 skrll
2379 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2380 1.1 skrll }
2381 1.1 skrll
2382 1.1 skrll /* Merge GOTs of some BFDs, assign offsets to GOT entries and build
2383 1.1 skrll lists of GOT entries for global symbols.
2384 1.1 skrll Calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got sections. */
2385 1.1 skrll
2386 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
2387 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
2388 1.1 skrll {
2389 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got;
2390 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg arg_;
2391 1.1 skrll
2392 1.1 skrll multi_got = elf_m68k_multi_got (info);
2393 1.1 skrll
2394 1.1 skrll arg_.current_got = NULL;
2395 1.1 skrll arg_.offset = 0;
2396 1.1.1.2 christos arg_.info = info;
2397 1.1.1.2 christos arg_.n_slots = 0;
2398 1.1 skrll arg_.slots_relas_diff = 0;
2399 1.1 skrll arg_.error_p = FALSE;
2400 1.1 skrll
2401 1.1 skrll if (multi_got->bfd2got != NULL)
2402 1.1 skrll {
2403 1.1 skrll /* Initialize symndx2h mapping. */
2404 1.1 skrll {
2405 1.1 skrll arg_.symndx2h = bfd_zmalloc (multi_got->global_symndx
2406 1.1 skrll * sizeof (*arg_.symndx2h));
2407 1.1 skrll if (arg_.symndx2h == NULL)
2408 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2409 1.1 skrll
2410 1.1 skrll elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
2411 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1, &arg_);
2412 1.1 skrll }
2413 1.1 skrll
2414 1.1 skrll /* Partition. */
2415 1.1 skrll htab_traverse (multi_got->bfd2got, elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1,
2416 1.1 skrll &arg_);
2417 1.1 skrll if (arg_.error_p)
2418 1.1 skrll {
2419 1.1 skrll free (arg_.symndx2h);
2420 1.1 skrll arg_.symndx2h = NULL;
2421 1.1 skrll
2422 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2423 1.1 skrll }
2424 1.1 skrll
2425 1.1.1.2 christos /* Finish up last current_got. */
2426 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (&arg_);
2427 1.1 skrll
2428 1.1 skrll free (arg_.symndx2h);
2429 1.1 skrll }
2430 1.1 skrll
2431 1.1 skrll if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj != NULL)
2432 1.1 skrll /* Set sizes of .got and .rela.got sections. */
2433 1.1 skrll {
2434 1.1 skrll asection *s;
2435 1.1.1.3 christos
2436 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, ".got");
2437 1.1.1.2 christos if (s != NULL)
2438 1.1 skrll s->size = arg_.offset;
2439 1.1.1.2 christos else
2440 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset == 0);
2441 1.1.1.2 christos
2442 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (arg_.slots_relas_diff <= arg_.n_slots);
2443 1.1 skrll arg_.n_slots -= arg_.slots_relas_diff;
2444 1.1.1.3 christos
2445 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, ".rela.got");
2446 1.1.1.2 christos if (s != NULL)
2447 1.1 skrll s->size = arg_.n_slots * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2448 1.1.1.2 christos else
2449 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (arg_.n_slots == 0);
2450 1.1 skrll }
2451 1.1 skrll else
2452 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL);
2453 1.1 skrll
2454 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2455 1.1 skrll }
2456 1.1 skrll
2457 1.1 skrll /* Specialized version of elf_m68k_get_got_entry that returns pointer
2458 1.1 skrll to hashtable slot, thus allowing removal of entry via
2459 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_remove_got_entry. */
2460 1.1 skrll
2461 1.1 skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry **
2462 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_find_got_entry_ptr (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
2463 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key)
2464 1.1 skrll {
2465 1.1 skrll void **ptr;
2466 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
2467 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry **entry_ptr;
2468 1.1 skrll
2469 1.1 skrll entry_.key_ = *key;
2470 1.1 skrll ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, NO_INSERT);
2471 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (ptr != NULL);
2472 1.1 skrll
2473 1.1 skrll entry_ptr = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry **) ptr;
2474 1.1 skrll
2475 1.1 skrll return entry_ptr;
2476 1.1 skrll }
2477 1.1 skrll
2478 1.1 skrll /* Remove entry pointed to by ENTRY_PTR from GOT. */
2479 1.1 skrll
2480 1.1 skrll static void
2481 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_remove_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
2482 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry **entry_ptr)
2483 1.1 skrll {
2484 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
2485 1.1 skrll
2486 1.1 skrll entry = *entry_ptr;
2487 1.1 skrll
2488 1.1 skrll /* Check that offsets have not been finalized yet. */
2489 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
2490 1.1 skrll /* Check that this entry is indeed unused. */
2491 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
2492 1.1.1.2 christos
2493 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_remove_got_entry_type (got, entry->key_.type);
2494 1.1 skrll
2495 1.1.1.2 christos if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
2496 1.1.1.2 christos got->local_n_slots -= elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
2497 1.1.1.2 christos
2498 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
2499 1.1 skrll
2500 1.1 skrll htab_clear_slot (got->entries, (void **) entry_ptr);
2501 1.1 skrll }
2502 1.1 skrll
2503 1.1 skrll /* Copy any information related to dynamic linking from a pre-existing
2504 1.1 skrll symbol to a newly created symbol. Also called to copy flags and
2505 1.1 skrll other back-end info to a weakdef, in which case the symbol is not
2506 1.1 skrll newly created and plt/got refcounts and dynamic indices should not
2507 1.1 skrll be copied. */
2508 1.1 skrll
2509 1.1 skrll static void
2510 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2511 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *_dir,
2512 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *_ind)
2513 1.1 skrll {
2514 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *dir;
2515 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *ind;
2516 1.1 skrll
2517 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, _dir, _ind);
2518 1.1 skrll
2519 1.1 skrll if (_ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2520 1.1 skrll return;
2521 1.1 skrll
2522 1.1 skrll dir = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_dir);
2523 1.1 skrll ind = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_ind);
2524 1.1.1.2 christos
2525 1.1.1.2 christos /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
2526 1.1.1.2 christos definition will be against the target symbol. */
2527 1.1.1.2 christos _dir->non_got_ref |= _ind->non_got_ref;
2528 1.1 skrll
2529 1.1 skrll /* We might have a direct symbol already having entries in the GOTs.
2530 1.1 skrll Update its key only in case indirect symbol has GOT entries and
2531 1.1 skrll assert that both indirect and direct symbols don't have GOT entries
2532 1.1 skrll at the same time. */
2533 1.1 skrll if (ind->got_entry_key != 0)
2534 1.1 skrll {
2535 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (dir->got_entry_key == 0);
2536 1.1 skrll /* Assert that GOTs aren't partioned yet. */
2537 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (ind->glist == NULL);
2538 1.1 skrll
2539 1.1 skrll dir->got_entry_key = ind->got_entry_key;
2540 1.1 skrll ind->got_entry_key = 0;
2541 1.1 skrll }
2542 1.1 skrll }
2543 1.1 skrll
2544 1.1 skrll /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2545 1.1 skrll allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2546 1.1 skrll table. */
2547 1.1 skrll
2548 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
2549 1.1.1.3 christos elf_m68k_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
2550 1.1.1.3 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
2551 1.1.1.3 christos asection *sec,
2552 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2553 1.1 skrll {
2554 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
2555 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2556 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2557 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2558 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
2559 1.1 skrll asection *sgot;
2560 1.1 skrll asection *srelgot;
2561 1.1 skrll asection *sreloc;
2562 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
2563 1.1 skrll
2564 1.1 skrll if (info->relocatable)
2565 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2566 1.1 skrll
2567 1.1 skrll dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2568 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2569 1.1 skrll sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2570 1.1 skrll
2571 1.1 skrll sgot = NULL;
2572 1.1 skrll srelgot = NULL;
2573 1.1 skrll sreloc = NULL;
2574 1.1 skrll
2575 1.1 skrll got = NULL;
2576 1.1 skrll
2577 1.1 skrll rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2578 1.1 skrll for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2579 1.1 skrll {
2580 1.1 skrll unsigned long r_symndx;
2581 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2582 1.1 skrll
2583 1.1 skrll r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2584 1.1 skrll
2585 1.1 skrll if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2586 1.1 skrll h = NULL;
2587 1.1 skrll else
2588 1.1 skrll {
2589 1.1 skrll h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2590 1.1 skrll while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2591 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2592 1.1 skrll h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2593 1.1 skrll }
2594 1.1 skrll
2595 1.1 skrll switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
2596 1.1 skrll {
2597 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT8:
2598 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT16:
2599 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT32:
2600 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL
2601 1.1 skrll && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2602 1.1 skrll break;
2603 1.1.1.2 christos /* Fall through. */
2604 1.1.1.2 christos
2605 1.1 skrll /* Relative GOT relocations. */
2606 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT8O:
2607 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT16O:
2608 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
2609 1.1.1.2 christos /* Fall through. */
2610 1.1.1.2 christos
2611 1.1.1.2 christos /* TLS relocations. */
2612 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
2613 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
2614 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
2615 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
2616 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
2617 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
2618 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
2619 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
2620 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
2621 1.1.1.2 christos
2622 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
2623 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
2624 1.1.1.2 christos
2625 1.1.1.2 christos if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_TLS_TPREL32
2626 1.1.1.2 christos && info->shared)
2627 1.1.1.2 christos /* Do the special chorus for libraries with static TLS. */
2628 1.1.1.2 christos info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
2629 1.1 skrll
2630 1.1 skrll /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
2631 1.1 skrll
2632 1.1 skrll if (dynobj == NULL)
2633 1.1 skrll {
2634 1.1 skrll /* Create the .got section. */
2635 1.1 skrll elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
2636 1.1 skrll if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2637 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2638 1.1 skrll }
2639 1.1 skrll
2640 1.1 skrll if (sgot == NULL)
2641 1.1.1.3 christos {
2642 1.1 skrll sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
2643 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
2644 1.1 skrll }
2645 1.1 skrll
2646 1.1 skrll if (srelgot == NULL
2647 1.1 skrll && (h != NULL || info->shared))
2648 1.1.1.3 christos {
2649 1.1 skrll srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2650 1.1 skrll if (srelgot == NULL)
2651 1.1.1.3 christos {
2652 1.1.1.3 christos flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2653 1.1.1.3 christos | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2654 1.1.1.3 christos | SEC_READONLY);
2655 1.1.1.3 christos srelgot = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
2656 1.1.1.3 christos ".rela.got",
2657 1.1 skrll flags);
2658 1.1 skrll if (srelgot == NULL
2659 1.1 skrll || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, srelgot, 2))
2660 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2661 1.1 skrll }
2662 1.1 skrll }
2663 1.1 skrll
2664 1.1 skrll if (got == NULL)
2665 1.1 skrll {
2666 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
2667 1.1 skrll
2668 1.1 skrll bfd2got_entry
2669 1.1 skrll = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
2670 1.1 skrll abfd, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
2671 1.1 skrll if (bfd2got_entry == NULL)
2672 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2673 1.1 skrll
2674 1.1 skrll got = bfd2got_entry->got;
2675 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
2676 1.1 skrll }
2677 1.1 skrll
2678 1.1 skrll {
2679 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
2680 1.1 skrll
2681 1.1 skrll /* Add entry to got. */
2682 1.1 skrll got_entry = elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (got, h, abfd,
2683 1.1 skrll ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
2684 1.1 skrll r_symndx, info);
2685 1.1 skrll if (got_entry == NULL)
2686 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2687 1.1 skrll
2688 1.1 skrll if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
2689 1.1 skrll {
2690 1.1 skrll /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
2691 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL
2692 1.1 skrll && h->dynindx == -1
2693 1.1 skrll && !h->forced_local)
2694 1.1 skrll {
2695 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2696 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2697 1.1 skrll }
2698 1.1 skrll }
2699 1.1 skrll }
2700 1.1 skrll
2701 1.1 skrll break;
2702 1.1 skrll
2703 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT8:
2704 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT16:
2705 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT32:
2706 1.1 skrll /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
2707 1.1 skrll actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
2708 1.1 skrll because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
2709 1.1 skrll never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
2710 1.1 skrll don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
2711 1.1 skrll after all. */
2712 1.1 skrll
2713 1.1 skrll /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
2714 1.1 skrll creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
2715 1.1 skrll if (h == NULL)
2716 1.1 skrll continue;
2717 1.1 skrll
2718 1.1 skrll h->needs_plt = 1;
2719 1.1 skrll h->plt.refcount++;
2720 1.1 skrll break;
2721 1.1 skrll
2722 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT8O:
2723 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT16O:
2724 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT32O:
2725 1.1 skrll /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
2726 1.1 skrll
2727 1.1 skrll if (h == NULL)
2728 1.1 skrll {
2729 1.1 skrll /* It does not make sense to have this relocation for a
2730 1.1 skrll local symbol. FIXME: does it? How to handle it if
2731 1.1 skrll it does make sense? */
2732 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2733 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2734 1.1 skrll }
2735 1.1 skrll
2736 1.1 skrll /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
2737 1.1 skrll if (h->dynindx == -1
2738 1.1 skrll && !h->forced_local)
2739 1.1 skrll {
2740 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2741 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2742 1.1 skrll }
2743 1.1 skrll
2744 1.1 skrll h->needs_plt = 1;
2745 1.1 skrll h->plt.refcount++;
2746 1.1 skrll break;
2747 1.1 skrll
2748 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC8:
2749 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC16:
2750 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC32:
2751 1.1 skrll /* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
2752 1.1 skrll symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
2753 1.1 skrll However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
2754 1.1 skrll symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
2755 1.1 skrll link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
2756 1.1 skrll reloc directly. At this point we have not seen all the input
2757 1.1 skrll files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
2758 1.1 skrll will be set later (it is never cleared). We account for that
2759 1.1 skrll possibility below by storing information in the
2760 1.1 skrll pcrel_relocs_copied field of the hash table entry. */
2761 1.1 skrll if (!(info->shared
2762 1.1 skrll && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2763 1.1 skrll && h != NULL
2764 1.1 skrll && (!info->symbolic
2765 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
2766 1.1 skrll || !h->def_regular)))
2767 1.1 skrll {
2768 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
2769 1.1 skrll {
2770 1.1 skrll /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if
2771 1.1 skrll it turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic
2772 1.1 skrll object. */
2773 1.1 skrll h->plt.refcount++;
2774 1.1 skrll }
2775 1.1 skrll break;
2776 1.1 skrll }
2777 1.1 skrll /* Fall through. */
2778 1.1 skrll case R_68K_8:
2779 1.1 skrll case R_68K_16:
2780 1.1.1.3 christos case R_68K_32:
2781 1.1.1.3 christos /* We don't need to handle relocs into sections not going into
2782 1.1.1.3 christos the "real" output. */
2783 1.1.1.3 christos if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
2784 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2785 1.1 skrll
2786 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
2787 1.1 skrll {
2788 1.1 skrll /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
2789 1.1 skrll turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object. */
2790 1.1.1.2 christos h->plt.refcount++;
2791 1.1.1.3 christos
2792 1.1.1.2 christos if (info->executable)
2793 1.1.1.2 christos /* This symbol needs a non-GOT reference. */
2794 1.1 skrll h->non_got_ref = 1;
2795 1.1 skrll }
2796 1.1 skrll
2797 1.1 skrll /* If we are creating a shared library, we need to copy the
2798 1.1.1.3 christos reloc into the shared library. */
2799 1.1 skrll if (info->shared)
2800 1.1 skrll {
2801 1.1 skrll /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
2802 1.1 skrll reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
2803 1.1 skrll section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
2804 1.1 skrll if (sreloc == NULL)
2805 1.1.1.2 christos {
2806 1.1.1.2 christos sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
2807 1.1 skrll (sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
2808 1.1 skrll
2809 1.1.1.2 christos if (sreloc == NULL)
2810 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2811 1.1 skrll }
2812 1.1 skrll
2813 1.1 skrll if (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY
2814 1.1 skrll /* Don't set DF_TEXTREL yet for PC relative
2815 1.1 skrll relocations, they might be discarded later. */
2816 1.1 skrll && !(ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
2817 1.1 skrll || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
2818 1.1 skrll || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32))
2819 1.1 skrll info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
2820 1.1 skrll
2821 1.1 skrll sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2822 1.1 skrll
2823 1.1 skrll /* We count the number of PC relative relocations we have
2824 1.1 skrll entered for this symbol, so that we can discard them
2825 1.1 skrll again if, in the -Bsymbolic case, the symbol is later
2826 1.1 skrll defined by a regular object, or, in the normal shared
2827 1.1 skrll case, the symbol is forced to be local. Note that this
2828 1.1 skrll function is only called if we are using an m68kelf linker
2829 1.1 skrll hash table, which means that h is really a pointer to an
2830 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_entry. */
2831 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
2832 1.1 skrll || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
2833 1.1 skrll || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32)
2834 1.1 skrll {
2835 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
2836 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **head;
2837 1.1 skrll
2838 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
2839 1.1 skrll {
2840 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *eh
2841 1.1 skrll = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h);
2842 1.1 skrll head = &eh->pcrel_relocs_copied;
2843 1.1 skrll }
2844 1.1 skrll else
2845 1.1 skrll {
2846 1.1 skrll asection *s;
2847 1.1.1.2 christos void *vpp;
2848 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
2849 1.1.1.2 christos
2850 1.1.1.2 christos isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->sym_cache,
2851 1.1.1.2 christos abfd, r_symndx);
2852 1.1 skrll if (isym == NULL)
2853 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2854 1.1.1.2 christos
2855 1.1.1.2 christos s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
2856 1.1.1.2 christos if (s == NULL)
2857 1.1.1.2 christos s = sec;
2858 1.1 skrll
2859 1.1 skrll vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
2860 1.1 skrll head = (struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **) vpp;
2861 1.1 skrll }
2862 1.1 skrll
2863 1.1 skrll for (p = *head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2864 1.1 skrll if (p->section == sreloc)
2865 1.1 skrll break;
2866 1.1 skrll
2867 1.1 skrll if (p == NULL)
2868 1.1 skrll {
2869 1.1 skrll p = ((struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *)
2870 1.1 skrll bfd_alloc (dynobj, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *p));
2871 1.1 skrll if (p == NULL)
2872 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2873 1.1 skrll p->next = *head;
2874 1.1 skrll *head = p;
2875 1.1 skrll p->section = sreloc;
2876 1.1 skrll p->count = 0;
2877 1.1 skrll }
2878 1.1 skrll
2879 1.1 skrll ++p->count;
2880 1.1 skrll }
2881 1.1 skrll }
2882 1.1 skrll
2883 1.1 skrll break;
2884 1.1 skrll
2885 1.1 skrll /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
2886 1.1 skrll Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
2887 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
2888 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
2889 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2890 1.1 skrll break;
2891 1.1 skrll
2892 1.1 skrll /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
2893 1.1 skrll used. Record for later use during GC. */
2894 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
2895 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
2896 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL
2897 1.1 skrll && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
2898 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2899 1.1 skrll break;
2900 1.1 skrll
2901 1.1 skrll default:
2902 1.1 skrll break;
2903 1.1 skrll }
2904 1.1 skrll }
2905 1.1 skrll
2906 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2907 1.1 skrll }
2908 1.1 skrll
2909 1.1 skrll /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
2910 1.1 skrll relocation. */
2911 1.1 skrll
2912 1.1 skrll static asection *
2913 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
2914 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info,
2915 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
2916 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2917 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
2918 1.1 skrll {
2919 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
2920 1.1 skrll switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
2921 1.1 skrll {
2922 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
2923 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
2924 1.1 skrll return NULL;
2925 1.1 skrll }
2926 1.1 skrll
2927 1.1 skrll return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
2928 1.1 skrll }
2929 1.1 skrll
2930 1.1 skrll /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
2931 1.1 skrll
2932 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
2933 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
2934 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info,
2935 1.1 skrll asection *sec,
2936 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2937 1.1 skrll {
2938 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2939 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2940 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
2941 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
2942 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
2943 1.1 skrll
2944 1.1 skrll if (info->relocatable)
2945 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2946 1.1 skrll
2947 1.1 skrll dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2948 1.1 skrll if (dynobj == NULL)
2949 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2950 1.1 skrll
2951 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2952 1.1 skrll sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2953 1.1 skrll got = NULL;
2954 1.1 skrll
2955 1.1 skrll relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2956 1.1 skrll for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
2957 1.1 skrll {
2958 1.1 skrll unsigned long r_symndx;
2959 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
2960 1.1 skrll
2961 1.1 skrll r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2962 1.1 skrll if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2963 1.1 skrll {
2964 1.1 skrll h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2965 1.1 skrll while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2966 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2967 1.1 skrll h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2968 1.1 skrll }
2969 1.1 skrll
2970 1.1 skrll switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
2971 1.1 skrll {
2972 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT8:
2973 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT16:
2974 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT32:
2975 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL
2976 1.1 skrll && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2977 1.1 skrll break;
2978 1.1 skrll
2979 1.1 skrll /* FALLTHRU */
2980 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT8O:
2981 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT16O:
2982 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
2983 1.1.1.2 christos /* Fall through. */
2984 1.1.1.2 christos
2985 1.1.1.2 christos /* TLS relocations. */
2986 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
2987 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
2988 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
2989 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
2990 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
2991 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
2992 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
2993 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
2994 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
2995 1.1.1.2 christos
2996 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
2997 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
2998 1.1 skrll
2999 1.1 skrll if (got == NULL)
3000 1.1 skrll {
3001 1.1 skrll got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
3002 1.1 skrll abfd, MUST_FIND, NULL)->got;
3003 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
3004 1.1 skrll }
3005 1.1 skrll
3006 1.1 skrll {
3007 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
3008 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry **got_entry_ptr;
3009 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
3010 1.1.1.2 christos
3011 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, r_symndx,
3012 1.1 skrll ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info));
3013 1.1 skrll got_entry_ptr = elf_m68k_find_got_entry_ptr (got, &key_);
3014 1.1 skrll
3015 1.1 skrll got_entry = *got_entry_ptr;
3016 1.1 skrll
3017 1.1 skrll if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount > 0)
3018 1.1 skrll {
3019 1.1 skrll --got_entry->u.s1.refcount;
3020 1.1 skrll
3021 1.1 skrll if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 0)
3022 1.1 skrll /* We don't need the .got entry any more. */
3023 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_remove_got_entry (got, got_entry_ptr);
3024 1.1 skrll }
3025 1.1 skrll }
3026 1.1 skrll break;
3027 1.1 skrll
3028 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT8:
3029 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT16:
3030 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT32:
3031 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT8O:
3032 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT16O:
3033 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT32O:
3034 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC8:
3035 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC16:
3036 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC32:
3037 1.1 skrll case R_68K_8:
3038 1.1 skrll case R_68K_16:
3039 1.1 skrll case R_68K_32:
3040 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
3041 1.1 skrll {
3042 1.1 skrll if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
3043 1.1 skrll --h->plt.refcount;
3044 1.1 skrll }
3045 1.1 skrll break;
3046 1.1 skrll
3047 1.1 skrll default:
3048 1.1 skrll break;
3049 1.1 skrll }
3050 1.1 skrll }
3051 1.1 skrll
3052 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3053 1.1 skrll }
3054 1.1 skrll
3055 1.1 skrll /* Return the type of PLT associated with OUTPUT_BFD. */
3057 1.1 skrll
3058 1.1 skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *
3059 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_get_plt_info (bfd *output_bfd)
3060 1.1 skrll {
3061 1.1 skrll unsigned int features;
3062 1.1 skrll
3063 1.1 skrll features = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd));
3064 1.1 skrll if (features & cpu32)
3065 1.1 skrll return &elf_cpu32_plt_info;
3066 1.1 skrll if (features & mcfisa_b)
3067 1.1 skrll return &elf_isab_plt_info;
3068 1.1 skrll if (features & mcfisa_c)
3069 1.1 skrll return &elf_isac_plt_info;
3070 1.1 skrll return &elf_m68k_plt_info;
3071 1.1 skrll }
3072 1.1 skrll
3073 1.1 skrll /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3074 1.1 skrll and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3075 1.1 skrll It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
3076 1.1 skrll
3077 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
3078 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3079 1.1 skrll {
3080 1.1 skrll /* Bind input BFDs to GOTs and calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got
3081 1.1 skrll sections. */
3082 1.1 skrll if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (info))
3083 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3084 1.1 skrll
3085 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info = elf_m68k_get_plt_info (output_bfd);
3086 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3087 1.1 skrll }
3088 1.1 skrll
3089 1.1 skrll /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
3090 1.1 skrll regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
3091 1.1 skrll dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
3092 1.1 skrll change the definition to something the rest of the link can
3093 1.1 skrll understand. */
3094 1.1.1.3 christos
3095 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
3096 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3097 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3098 1.1 skrll {
3099 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
3100 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
3101 1.1 skrll asection *s;
3102 1.1 skrll
3103 1.1 skrll htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
3104 1.1 skrll dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3105 1.1 skrll
3106 1.1 skrll /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
3107 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
3108 1.1 skrll && (h->needs_plt
3109 1.1 skrll || h->u.weakdef != NULL
3110 1.1 skrll || (h->def_dynamic
3111 1.1 skrll && h->ref_regular
3112 1.1 skrll && !h->def_regular)));
3113 1.1 skrll
3114 1.1 skrll /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
3115 1.1 skrll will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
3116 1.1 skrll when we know the address of the .got section. */
3117 1.1 skrll if (h->type == STT_FUNC
3118 1.1 skrll || h->needs_plt)
3119 1.1 skrll {
3120 1.1 skrll if ((h->plt.refcount <= 0
3121 1.1 skrll || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
3122 1.1 skrll || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
3123 1.1 skrll && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3124 1.1 skrll /* We must always create the plt entry if it was referenced
3125 1.1 skrll by a PLTxxO relocation. In this case we already recorded
3126 1.1 skrll it as a dynamic symbol. */
3127 1.1 skrll && h->dynindx == -1)
3128 1.1 skrll {
3129 1.1 skrll /* This case can occur if we saw a PLTxx reloc in an input
3130 1.1 skrll file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
3131 1.1 skrll object, or if all references were garbage collected. In
3132 1.1 skrll such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
3133 1.1 skrll linkage table, and we can just do a PCxx reloc instead. */
3134 1.1 skrll h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3135 1.1 skrll h->needs_plt = 0;
3136 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3137 1.1 skrll }
3138 1.1 skrll
3139 1.1 skrll /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
3140 1.1 skrll if (h->dynindx == -1
3141 1.1 skrll && !h->forced_local)
3142 1.1 skrll {
3143 1.1 skrll if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3144 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3145 1.1.1.3 christos }
3146 1.1 skrll
3147 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
3148 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3149 1.1 skrll
3150 1.1 skrll /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
3151 1.1 skrll first entry. */
3152 1.1 skrll if (s->size == 0)
3153 1.1 skrll s->size = htab->plt_info->size;
3154 1.1 skrll
3155 1.1 skrll /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
3156 1.1 skrll not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
3157 1.1 skrll location in the .plt. This is required to make function
3158 1.1 skrll pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
3159 1.1 skrll the shared library. */
3160 1.1 skrll if (!info->shared
3161 1.1 skrll && !h->def_regular)
3162 1.1 skrll {
3163 1.1 skrll h->root.u.def.section = s;
3164 1.1 skrll h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
3165 1.1 skrll }
3166 1.1 skrll
3167 1.1 skrll h->plt.offset = s->size;
3168 1.1 skrll
3169 1.1 skrll /* Make room for this entry. */
3170 1.1 skrll s->size += htab->plt_info->size;
3171 1.1 skrll
3172 1.1.1.3 christos /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3173 1.1 skrll will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
3174 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
3175 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3176 1.1 skrll s->size += 4;
3177 1.1.1.3 christos
3178 1.1 skrll /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
3179 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
3180 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3181 1.1 skrll s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3182 1.1 skrll
3183 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3184 1.1 skrll }
3185 1.1 skrll
3186 1.1 skrll /* Reinitialize the plt offset now that it is not used as a reference
3187 1.1 skrll count any more. */
3188 1.1 skrll h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3189 1.1 skrll
3190 1.1 skrll /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
3191 1.1 skrll processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
3192 1.1 skrll real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
3193 1.1 skrll if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
3194 1.1 skrll {
3195 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3196 1.1 skrll || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
3197 1.1 skrll h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
3198 1.1 skrll h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
3199 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3200 1.1 skrll }
3201 1.1 skrll
3202 1.1 skrll /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
3203 1.1 skrll is not a function. */
3204 1.1 skrll
3205 1.1 skrll /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
3206 1.1 skrll only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
3207 1.1 skrll For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
3208 1.1 skrll be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
3209 1.1 skrll if (info->shared)
3210 1.1.1.2 christos return TRUE;
3211 1.1.1.2 christos
3212 1.1.1.2 christos /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
3213 1.1.1.2 christos GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
3214 1.1.1.2 christos if (!h->non_got_ref)
3215 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3216 1.1 skrll
3217 1.1 skrll /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
3218 1.1 skrll become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
3219 1.1 skrll an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
3220 1.1 skrll object will contain position independent code, so all references
3221 1.1 skrll from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
3222 1.1 skrll offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
3223 1.1 skrll determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
3224 1.1 skrll both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
3225 1.1.1.3 christos same memory location for the variable. */
3226 1.1 skrll
3227 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynbss");
3228 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3229 1.1 skrll
3230 1.1 skrll /* We must generate a R_68K_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
3231 1.1 skrll copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
3232 1.1.1.3 christos runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
3233 1.1 skrll .rela.bss section we are going to use. */
3234 1.1 skrll if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
3235 1.1 skrll {
3236 1.1.1.3 christos asection *srel;
3237 1.1 skrll
3238 1.1 skrll srel = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
3239 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
3240 1.1 skrll srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3241 1.1 skrll h->needs_copy = 1;
3242 1.1 skrll }
3243 1.1 skrll
3244 1.1 skrll return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
3245 1.1 skrll }
3246 1.1 skrll
3247 1.1 skrll /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
3248 1.1.1.3 christos
3249 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
3250 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3251 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info)
3252 1.1 skrll {
3253 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
3254 1.1 skrll asection *s;
3255 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean plt;
3256 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean relocs;
3257 1.1 skrll
3258 1.1 skrll dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3259 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3260 1.1 skrll
3261 1.1 skrll if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
3262 1.1 skrll {
3263 1.1 skrll /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3264 1.1.1.3 christos if (info->executable)
3265 1.1 skrll {
3266 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
3267 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3268 1.1 skrll s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3269 1.1 skrll s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3270 1.1 skrll }
3271 1.1 skrll }
3272 1.1 skrll else
3273 1.1 skrll {
3274 1.1 skrll /* We may have created entries in the .rela.got section.
3275 1.1 skrll However, if we are not creating the dynamic sections, we will
3276 1.1 skrll not actually use these entries. Reset the size of .rela.got,
3277 1.1.1.3 christos which will cause it to get stripped from the output file
3278 1.1 skrll below. */
3279 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
3280 1.1 skrll if (s != NULL)
3281 1.1 skrll s->size = 0;
3282 1.1 skrll }
3283 1.1 skrll
3284 1.1 skrll /* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all
3285 1.1 skrll PC relative relocs against symbols defined in a regular object.
3286 1.1 skrll For the normal shared case we discard the PC relative relocs
3287 1.1 skrll against symbols that have become local due to visibility changes.
3288 1.1 skrll We allocated space for them in the check_relocs routine, but we
3289 1.1 skrll will not fill them in in the relocate_section routine. */
3290 1.1 skrll if (info->shared)
3291 1.1.1.3 christos elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
3292 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_discard_copies,
3293 1.1 skrll info);
3294 1.1 skrll
3295 1.1 skrll /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
3296 1.1 skrll determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
3297 1.1 skrll memory for them. */
3298 1.1 skrll plt = FALSE;
3299 1.1 skrll relocs = FALSE;
3300 1.1 skrll for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3301 1.1 skrll {
3302 1.1 skrll const char *name;
3303 1.1 skrll
3304 1.1 skrll if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3305 1.1 skrll continue;
3306 1.1 skrll
3307 1.1 skrll /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
3308 1.1 skrll of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
3309 1.1 skrll name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
3310 1.1 skrll
3311 1.1 skrll if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
3312 1.1 skrll {
3313 1.1 skrll /* Remember whether there is a PLT. */
3314 1.1 skrll plt = s->size != 0;
3315 1.1 skrll }
3316 1.1 skrll else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rela"))
3317 1.1 skrll {
3318 1.1 skrll if (s->size != 0)
3319 1.1 skrll {
3320 1.1 skrll relocs = TRUE;
3321 1.1 skrll
3322 1.1 skrll /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3323 1.1 skrll to copy relocs into the output file. */
3324 1.1 skrll s->reloc_count = 0;
3325 1.1 skrll }
3326 1.1 skrll }
3327 1.1 skrll else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")
3328 1.1 skrll && strcmp (name, ".dynbss") != 0)
3329 1.1 skrll {
3330 1.1 skrll /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3331 1.1 skrll continue;
3332 1.1 skrll }
3333 1.1 skrll
3334 1.1 skrll if (s->size == 0)
3335 1.1 skrll {
3336 1.1 skrll /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3337 1.1 skrll output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3338 1.1 skrll .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
3339 1.1 skrll create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3340 1.1 skrll before the linker maps input sections to output
3341 1.1 skrll sections. The linker does that before
3342 1.1 skrll adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3343 1.1 skrll function which decides whether anything needs to go
3344 1.1 skrll into these sections. */
3345 1.1 skrll s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3346 1.1 skrll continue;
3347 1.1 skrll }
3348 1.1 skrll
3349 1.1 skrll if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3350 1.1 skrll continue;
3351 1.1 skrll
3352 1.1 skrll /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
3353 1.1 skrll /* FIXME: This should be a call to bfd_alloc not bfd_zalloc.
3354 1.1 skrll Unused entries should be reclaimed before the section's contents
3355 1.1 skrll are written out, but at the moment this does not happen. Thus in
3356 1.1 skrll order to prevent writing out garbage, we initialise the section's
3357 1.1 skrll contents to zero. */
3358 1.1 skrll s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3359 1.1 skrll if (s->contents == NULL)
3360 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3361 1.1 skrll }
3362 1.1 skrll
3363 1.1 skrll if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
3364 1.1 skrll {
3365 1.1 skrll /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
3366 1.1 skrll values later, in elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3367 1.1 skrll must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3368 1.1 skrll the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3369 1.1 skrll dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
3370 1.1 skrll #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3371 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3372 1.1 skrll
3373 1.1 skrll if (!info->shared)
3374 1.1 skrll {
3375 1.1 skrll if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3376 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3377 1.1 skrll }
3378 1.1 skrll
3379 1.1 skrll if (plt)
3380 1.1 skrll {
3381 1.1 skrll if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3382 1.1 skrll || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3383 1.1 skrll || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3384 1.1 skrll || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3385 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3386 1.1 skrll }
3387 1.1 skrll
3388 1.1 skrll if (relocs)
3389 1.1 skrll {
3390 1.1 skrll if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3391 1.1 skrll || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3392 1.1 skrll || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3393 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3394 1.1 skrll }
3395 1.1 skrll
3396 1.1 skrll if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3397 1.1 skrll {
3398 1.1 skrll if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3399 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3400 1.1 skrll }
3401 1.1 skrll }
3402 1.1 skrll #undef add_dynamic_entry
3403 1.1 skrll
3404 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3405 1.1 skrll }
3406 1.1 skrll
3407 1.1 skrll /* This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse if we are
3408 1.1 skrll creating a shared object. In the -Bsymbolic case it discards the
3409 1.1 skrll space allocated to copy PC relative relocs against symbols which
3410 1.1 skrll are defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, it
3411 1.1 skrll discards space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to
3412 1.1 skrll symbol visibility changes. We allocated space for them in the
3413 1.1 skrll check_relocs routine, but we won't fill them in in the
3414 1.1 skrll relocate_section routine.
3415 1.1 skrll
3416 1.1 skrll We also check whether any of the remaining relocations apply
3417 1.1 skrll against a readonly section, and set the DF_TEXTREL flag in this
3418 1.1 skrll case. */
3419 1.1.1.3 christos
3420 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
3421 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_discard_copies (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3422 1.1 skrll void * inf)
3423 1.1 skrll {
3424 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3425 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *s;
3426 1.1 skrll
3427 1.1 skrll if (!SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3428 1.1 skrll {
3429 1.1 skrll if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3430 1.1 skrll {
3431 1.1 skrll /* Look for relocations against read-only sections. */
3432 1.1 skrll for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
3433 1.1 skrll s != NULL;
3434 1.1 skrll s = s->next)
3435 1.1 skrll if ((s->section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3436 1.1 skrll {
3437 1.1 skrll info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3438 1.1 skrll break;
3439 1.1 skrll }
3440 1.1.1.3 christos }
3441 1.1.1.3 christos
3442 1.1.1.3 christos /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic symbol
3443 1.1.1.3 christos in PIEs. */
3444 1.1.1.3 christos if (h->non_got_ref
3445 1.1.1.3 christos && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3446 1.1.1.3 christos && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3447 1.1.1.3 christos && h->dynindx == -1
3448 1.1.1.3 christos && !h->forced_local)
3449 1.1.1.3 christos {
3450 1.1.1.3 christos if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3451 1.1.1.3 christos return FALSE;
3452 1.1 skrll }
3453 1.1 skrll
3454 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3455 1.1 skrll }
3456 1.1 skrll
3457 1.1 skrll for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
3458 1.1 skrll s != NULL;
3459 1.1 skrll s = s->next)
3460 1.1 skrll s->section->size -= s->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3461 1.1 skrll
3462 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3463 1.1.1.2 christos }
3464 1.1.1.2 christos
3465 1.1.1.2 christos
3466 1.1.1.2 christos /* Install relocation RELA. */
3467 1.1.1.2 christos
3468 1.1.1.2 christos static void
3469 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (bfd *output_bfd,
3470 1.1.1.2 christos asection *srela,
3471 1.1.1.2 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
3472 1.1.1.2 christos {
3473 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_byte *loc;
3474 1.1.1.2 christos
3475 1.1.1.2 christos loc = srela->contents;
3476 1.1.1.2 christos loc += srela->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3477 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, rela, loc);
3478 1.1.1.2 christos }
3479 1.1.1.2 christos
3480 1.1.1.2 christos /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
3481 1.1.1.2 christos for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
3482 1.1.1.2 christos
3483 1.1.1.2 christos #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
3484 1.1.1.2 christos #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
3485 1.1.1.2 christos
3486 1.1.1.2 christos static bfd_vma
3487 1.1.1.2 christos dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
3488 1.1.1.2 christos {
3489 1.1.1.2 christos /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
3490 1.1.1.2 christos if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
3491 1.1.1.2 christos return 0;
3492 1.1.1.2 christos return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
3493 1.1.1.2 christos }
3494 1.1.1.2 christos
3495 1.1.1.2 christos static bfd_vma
3496 1.1.1.2 christos tpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
3497 1.1.1.2 christos {
3498 1.1.1.2 christos /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
3499 1.1.1.2 christos if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
3500 1.1.1.2 christos return 0;
3501 1.1.1.2 christos return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
3502 1.1.1.2 christos }
3503 1.1.1.2 christos
3504 1.1.1.2 christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a symbol during static link.
3505 1.1.1.2 christos This function is called from elf_m68k_relocate_section. */
3506 1.1.1.2 christos
3507 1.1.1.2 christos static void
3508 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3509 1.1.1.2 christos bfd *output_bfd,
3510 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
3511 1.1.1.2 christos asection *sgot,
3512 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
3513 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma relocation)
3514 1.1.1.2 christos {
3515 1.1.1.2 christos switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
3516 1.1.1.2 christos {
3517 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
3518 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
3519 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3520 1.1.1.2 christos
3521 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
3522 1.1.1.2 christos /* We know the offset within the module,
3523 1.1.1.2 christos put it into the second GOT slot. */
3524 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
3525 1.1.1.2 christos sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
3526 1.1.1.2 christos /* FALLTHRU */
3527 1.1.1.2 christos
3528 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
3529 1.1.1.2 christos /* Mark it as belonging to module 1, the executable. */
3530 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
3531 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3532 1.1.1.2 christos
3533 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
3534 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - tpoff_base (info),
3535 1.1.1.2 christos sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
3536 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3537 1.1.1.2 christos
3538 1.1.1.2 christos default:
3539 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
3540 1.1.1.2 christos }
3541 1.1.1.2 christos }
3542 1.1.1.2 christos
3543 1.1.1.2 christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a local symbol
3544 1.1.1.2 christos during dynamic link.
3545 1.1.1.2 christos This function is called either from elf_m68k_relocate_section
3546 1.1.1.2 christos or from elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
3547 1.1.1.2 christos
3548 1.1.1.2 christos static void
3549 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3550 1.1.1.2 christos bfd *output_bfd,
3551 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
3552 1.1.1.2 christos asection *sgot,
3553 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
3554 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma relocation,
3555 1.1.1.2 christos asection *srela)
3556 1.1.1.2 christos {
3557 1.1.1.2 christos Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3558 1.1.1.2 christos
3559 1.1.1.2 christos switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
3560 1.1.1.2 christos {
3561 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
3562 1.1.1.2 christos /* Emit RELATIVE relocation to initialize GOT slot
3563 1.1.1.2 christos at run-time. */
3564 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
3565 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_addend = relocation;
3566 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3567 1.1.1.2 christos
3568 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
3569 1.1.1.2 christos /* We know the offset within the module,
3570 1.1.1.2 christos put it into the second GOT slot. */
3571 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
3572 1.1.1.2 christos sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
3573 1.1.1.2 christos /* FALLTHRU */
3574 1.1.1.2 christos
3575 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
3576 1.1.1.2 christos /* We don't know the module number,
3577 1.1.1.2 christos create a relocation for it. */
3578 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
3579 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_addend = 0;
3580 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3581 1.1.1.2 christos
3582 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
3583 1.1.1.2 christos /* Emit TPREL relocation to initialize GOT slot
3584 1.1.1.2 christos at run-time. */
3585 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
3586 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_addend = relocation - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
3587 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3588 1.1.1.2 christos
3589 1.1.1.2 christos default:
3590 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
3591 1.1.1.2 christos }
3592 1.1.1.2 christos
3593 1.1.1.2 christos /* Offset of the GOT entry. */
3594 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
3595 1.1.1.2 christos + sgot->output_offset
3596 1.1.1.2 christos + got_entry_offset);
3597 1.1.1.2 christos
3598 1.1.1.2 christos /* Install one of the above relocations. */
3599 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &outrel);
3600 1.1.1.2 christos
3601 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
3602 1.1 skrll }
3603 1.1 skrll
3604 1.1 skrll /* Relocate an M68K ELF section. */
3605 1.1.1.3 christos
3606 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
3607 1.1.1.3 christos elf_m68k_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
3608 1.1.1.3 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
3609 1.1.1.3 christos bfd *input_bfd,
3610 1.1.1.3 christos asection *input_section,
3611 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_byte *contents,
3612 1.1.1.3 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3613 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3614 1.1 skrll asection **local_sections)
3615 1.1 skrll {
3616 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
3617 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3618 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3619 1.1 skrll asection *sgot;
3620 1.1.1.2 christos asection *splt;
3621 1.1 skrll asection *sreloc;
3622 1.1 skrll asection *srela;
3623 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
3624 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
3625 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
3626 1.1 skrll
3627 1.1 skrll dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3628 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
3629 1.1 skrll sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3630 1.1 skrll
3631 1.1 skrll sgot = NULL;
3632 1.1.1.2 christos splt = NULL;
3633 1.1 skrll sreloc = NULL;
3634 1.1 skrll srela = NULL;
3635 1.1 skrll
3636 1.1 skrll got = NULL;
3637 1.1 skrll
3638 1.1 skrll rel = relocs;
3639 1.1 skrll relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3640 1.1 skrll for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3641 1.1 skrll {
3642 1.1 skrll int r_type;
3643 1.1 skrll reloc_howto_type *howto;
3644 1.1 skrll unsigned long r_symndx;
3645 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3646 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3647 1.1 skrll asection *sec;
3648 1.1 skrll bfd_vma relocation;
3649 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
3650 1.1 skrll bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3651 1.1 skrll
3652 1.1 skrll r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3653 1.1 skrll if (r_type < 0 || r_type >= (int) R_68K_max)
3654 1.1 skrll {
3655 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3656 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3657 1.1 skrll }
3658 1.1 skrll howto = howto_table + r_type;
3659 1.1 skrll
3660 1.1 skrll r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3661 1.1 skrll
3662 1.1 skrll h = NULL;
3663 1.1 skrll sym = NULL;
3664 1.1 skrll sec = NULL;
3665 1.1 skrll unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
3666 1.1 skrll
3667 1.1 skrll if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3668 1.1 skrll {
3669 1.1 skrll sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3670 1.1 skrll sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3671 1.1 skrll relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
3672 1.1 skrll }
3673 1.1 skrll else
3674 1.1 skrll {
3675 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean warned;
3676 1.1 skrll
3677 1.1 skrll RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
3678 1.1 skrll r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
3679 1.1 skrll h, sec, relocation,
3680 1.1 skrll unresolved_reloc, warned);
3681 1.1.1.3 christos }
3682 1.1.1.2 christos
3683 1.1.1.3 christos if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
3684 1.1 skrll RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
3685 1.1 skrll rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
3686 1.1 skrll
3687 1.1 skrll if (info->relocatable)
3688 1.1 skrll continue;
3689 1.1 skrll
3690 1.1 skrll switch (r_type)
3691 1.1 skrll {
3692 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT8:
3693 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT16:
3694 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT32:
3695 1.1 skrll /* Relocation is to the address of the entry for this symbol
3696 1.1 skrll in the global offset table. */
3697 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL
3698 1.1 skrll && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
3699 1.1 skrll {
3700 1.1 skrll if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
3701 1.1 skrll {
3702 1.1 skrll bfd_vma sgot_output_offset;
3703 1.1 skrll bfd_vma got_offset;
3704 1.1 skrll
3705 1.1.1.3 christos if (sgot == NULL)
3706 1.1 skrll {
3707 1.1 skrll sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
3708 1.1 skrll
3709 1.1 skrll if (sgot != NULL)
3710 1.1 skrll sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
3711 1.1 skrll else
3712 1.1 skrll /* In this case we have a reference to
3713 1.1 skrll _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but the GOT itself is
3714 1.1 skrll empty.
3715 1.1 skrll ??? Issue a warning? */
3716 1.1 skrll sgot_output_offset = 0;
3717 1.1 skrll }
3718 1.1 skrll else
3719 1.1 skrll sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
3720 1.1 skrll
3721 1.1 skrll if (got == NULL)
3722 1.1 skrll {
3723 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
3724 1.1 skrll
3725 1.1 skrll bfd2got_entry
3726 1.1 skrll = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
3727 1.1 skrll input_bfd, SEARCH, NULL);
3728 1.1 skrll
3729 1.1 skrll if (bfd2got_entry != NULL)
3730 1.1 skrll {
3731 1.1 skrll got = bfd2got_entry->got;
3732 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
3733 1.1 skrll
3734 1.1 skrll got_offset = got->offset;
3735 1.1 skrll }
3736 1.1 skrll else
3737 1.1 skrll /* In this case we have a reference to
3738 1.1 skrll _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but no other references
3739 1.1 skrll accessing any GOT entries.
3740 1.1 skrll ??? Issue a warning? */
3741 1.1 skrll got_offset = 0;
3742 1.1 skrll }
3743 1.1 skrll else
3744 1.1 skrll got_offset = got->offset;
3745 1.1 skrll
3746 1.1 skrll /* Adjust GOT pointer to point to the GOT
3747 1.1 skrll assigned to input_bfd. */
3748 1.1 skrll rel->r_addend += sgot_output_offset + got_offset;
3749 1.1 skrll }
3750 1.1 skrll else
3751 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got == NULL || got->offset == 0);
3752 1.1 skrll
3753 1.1 skrll break;
3754 1.1 skrll }
3755 1.1 skrll /* Fall through. */
3756 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT8O:
3757 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT16O:
3758 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
3759 1.1.1.2 christos
3760 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
3761 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
3762 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
3763 1.1.1.2 christos
3764 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
3765 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
3766 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
3767 1.1.1.2 christos
3768 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
3769 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
3770 1.1 skrll case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
3771 1.1 skrll
3772 1.1 skrll /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
3773 1.1 skrll the global offset table. */
3774 1.1 skrll
3775 1.1 skrll {
3776 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
3777 1.1 skrll bfd_vma *off_ptr;
3778 1.1 skrll bfd_vma off;
3779 1.1 skrll
3780 1.1.1.3 christos if (sgot == NULL)
3781 1.1 skrll {
3782 1.1 skrll sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
3783 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
3784 1.1 skrll }
3785 1.1 skrll
3786 1.1 skrll if (got == NULL)
3787 1.1 skrll {
3788 1.1 skrll got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
3789 1.1 skrll input_bfd, MUST_FIND,
3790 1.1 skrll NULL)->got;
3791 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
3792 1.1 skrll }
3793 1.1.1.2 christos
3794 1.1.1.2 christos /* Get GOT offset for this symbol. */
3795 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, input_bfd, r_symndx,
3796 1.1 skrll r_type);
3797 1.1 skrll off_ptr = &elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, MUST_FIND,
3798 1.1 skrll NULL)->u.s2.offset;
3799 1.1.1.2 christos off = *off_ptr;
3800 1.1.1.2 christos
3801 1.1.1.2 christos /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
3802 1.1.1.2 christos the least significant bit to record whether we have
3803 1.1.1.2 christos already generated the necessary reloc. */
3804 1.1.1.2 christos if ((off & 1) != 0)
3805 1.1 skrll off &= ~1;
3806 1.1.1.2 christos else
3807 1.1.1.2 christos {
3808 1.1.1.2 christos if (h != NULL
3809 1.1.1.2 christos /* @TLSLDM relocations are bounded to the module, in
3810 1.1.1.2 christos which the symbol is defined -- not to the symbol
3811 1.1 skrll itself. */
3812 1.1.1.2 christos && elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) != R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
3813 1.1.1.2 christos {
3814 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_boolean dyn;
3815 1.1.1.2 christos
3816 1.1.1.2 christos dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3817 1.1.1.2 christos if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
3818 1.1.1.2 christos || (info->shared
3819 1.1.1.2 christos && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
3820 1.1 skrll || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
3821 1.1.1.2 christos && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3822 1.1.1.2 christos {
3823 1.1.1.2 christos /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
3824 1.1.1.2 christos -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
3825 1.1.1.2 christos locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
3826 1.1.1.2 christos because of a version file. We must initialize
3827 1.1.1.2 christos this entry in the global offset table. Since
3828 1.1.1.2 christos the offset must always be a multiple of 4, we
3829 1.1.1.2 christos use the least significant bit to record whether
3830 1.1.1.2 christos we have initialized it already.
3831 1.1.1.2 christos
3832 1.1.1.2 christos When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
3833 1.1.1.2 christos relocation entry to initialize the value. This
3834 1.1.1.2 christos is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
3835 1.1.1.2 christos
3836 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
3837 1.1.1.2 christos output_bfd,
3838 1.1.1.2 christos r_type,
3839 1.1.1.2 christos sgot,
3840 1.1.1.2 christos off,
3841 1.1 skrll relocation);
3842 1.1 skrll
3843 1.1.1.2 christos *off_ptr |= 1;
3844 1.1.1.2 christos }
3845 1.1 skrll else
3846 1.1.1.2 christos unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
3847 1.1.1.2 christos }
3848 1.1 skrll else if (info->shared) /* && h == NULL */
3849 1.1.1.2 christos /* Process local symbol during dynamic link. */
3850 1.1 skrll {
3851 1.1.1.3 christos if (srela == NULL)
3852 1.1.1.2 christos {
3853 1.1 skrll srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
3854 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (srela != NULL);
3855 1.1.1.2 christos }
3856 1.1.1.2 christos
3857 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
3858 1.1.1.2 christos output_bfd,
3859 1.1.1.2 christos r_type,
3860 1.1.1.2 christos sgot,
3861 1.1.1.2 christos off,
3862 1.1.1.2 christos relocation,
3863 1.1.1.2 christos srela);
3864 1.1.1.2 christos
3865 1.1.1.2 christos *off_ptr |= 1;
3866 1.1.1.2 christos }
3867 1.1.1.2 christos else /* h == NULL && !info->shared */
3868 1.1.1.2 christos {
3869 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
3870 1.1.1.2 christos output_bfd,
3871 1.1.1.2 christos r_type,
3872 1.1.1.2 christos sgot,
3873 1.1.1.2 christos off,
3874 1.1 skrll relocation);
3875 1.1 skrll
3876 1.1 skrll *off_ptr |= 1;
3877 1.1 skrll }
3878 1.1.1.2 christos }
3879 1.1.1.2 christos
3880 1.1.1.2 christos /* We don't use elf_m68k_reloc_got_type in the condition below
3881 1.1.1.2 christos because this is the only place where difference between
3882 1.1 skrll R_68K_GOTx and R_68K_GOTxO relocations matters. */
3883 1.1.1.2 christos if (r_type == R_68K_GOT32O
3884 1.1.1.2 christos || r_type == R_68K_GOT16O
3885 1.1.1.2 christos || r_type == R_68K_GOT8O
3886 1.1.1.2 christos || elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_GD32
3887 1.1 skrll || elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32
3888 1.1 skrll || elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_IE32)
3889 1.1 skrll {
3890 1.1 skrll /* GOT pointer is adjusted to point to the start/middle
3891 1.1 skrll of local GOT. Adjust the offset accordingly. */
3892 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->use_neg_got_offsets_p
3893 1.1 skrll || off >= got->offset);
3894 1.1 skrll
3895 1.1 skrll if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
3896 1.1 skrll relocation = off - got->offset;
3897 1.1 skrll else
3898 1.1 skrll {
3899 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == 0);
3900 1.1 skrll relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
3901 1.1 skrll }
3902 1.1 skrll
3903 1.1 skrll /* This relocation does not use the addend. */
3904 1.1 skrll rel->r_addend = 0;
3905 1.1 skrll }
3906 1.1 skrll else
3907 1.1 skrll relocation = (sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset
3908 1.1 skrll + off);
3909 1.1 skrll }
3910 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3911 1.1.1.2 christos
3912 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDO32:
3913 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDO16:
3914 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
3915 1.1.1.2 christos relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
3916 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3917 1.1.1.2 christos
3918 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LE32:
3919 1.1.1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LE16:
3920 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
3921 1.1.1.2 christos if (info->shared && !info->pie)
3922 1.1.1.2 christos {
3923 1.1.1.2 christos (*_bfd_error_handler)
3924 1.1.1.2 christos (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): R_68K_TLS_LE32 relocation not permitted "
3925 1.1.1.2 christos "in shared object"),
3926 1.1.1.2 christos input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
3927 1.1.1.2 christos
3928 1.1.1.2 christos return FALSE;
3929 1.1.1.2 christos }
3930 1.1.1.2 christos else
3931 1.1.1.2 christos relocation -= tpoff_base (info);
3932 1.1.1.2 christos
3933 1.1 skrll break;
3934 1.1 skrll
3935 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT8:
3936 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT16:
3937 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT32:
3938 1.1 skrll /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
3939 1.1 skrll procedure linkage table. */
3940 1.1 skrll
3941 1.1 skrll /* Resolve a PLTxx reloc against a local symbol directly,
3942 1.1 skrll without using the procedure linkage table. */
3943 1.1 skrll if (h == NULL)
3944 1.1 skrll break;
3945 1.1 skrll
3946 1.1 skrll if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
3947 1.1 skrll || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
3948 1.1 skrll {
3949 1.1 skrll /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
3950 1.1 skrll happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
3951 1.1 skrll using -Bsymbolic. */
3952 1.1 skrll break;
3953 1.1 skrll }
3954 1.1 skrll
3955 1.1.1.3 christos if (splt == NULL)
3956 1.1 skrll {
3957 1.1 skrll splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
3958 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
3959 1.1 skrll }
3960 1.1 skrll
3961 1.1 skrll relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
3962 1.1 skrll + splt->output_offset
3963 1.1 skrll + h->plt.offset);
3964 1.1 skrll unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
3965 1.1 skrll break;
3966 1.1 skrll
3967 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT8O:
3968 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT16O:
3969 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT32O:
3970 1.1 skrll /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
3971 1.1 skrll the procedure linkage table. */
3972 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
3973 1.1 skrll
3974 1.1.1.3 christos if (splt == NULL)
3975 1.1 skrll {
3976 1.1 skrll splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
3977 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
3978 1.1 skrll }
3979 1.1 skrll
3980 1.1 skrll relocation = h->plt.offset;
3981 1.1 skrll unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
3982 1.1 skrll
3983 1.1 skrll /* This relocation does not use the addend. */
3984 1.1 skrll rel->r_addend = 0;
3985 1.1 skrll
3986 1.1 skrll break;
3987 1.1 skrll
3988 1.1 skrll case R_68K_8:
3989 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_16:
3990 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_32:
3991 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_PC8:
3992 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC16:
3993 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_PC32:
3994 1.1 skrll if (info->shared
3995 1.1 skrll && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
3996 1.1 skrll && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3997 1.1 skrll && (h == NULL
3998 1.1 skrll || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3999 1.1 skrll || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4000 1.1 skrll && ((r_type != R_68K_PC8
4001 1.1.1.2 christos && r_type != R_68K_PC16
4002 1.1 skrll && r_type != R_68K_PC32)
4003 1.1 skrll || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4004 1.1 skrll {
4005 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4006 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
4007 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4008 1.1 skrll
4009 1.1 skrll /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4010 1.1 skrll are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4011 1.1 skrll time. */
4012 1.1 skrll
4013 1.1 skrll skip = FALSE;
4014 1.1 skrll relocate = FALSE;
4015 1.1 skrll
4016 1.1 skrll outrel.r_offset =
4017 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4018 1.1 skrll rel->r_offset);
4019 1.1 skrll if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4020 1.1 skrll skip = TRUE;
4021 1.1 skrll else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4022 1.1 skrll skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4023 1.1 skrll outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4024 1.1 skrll + input_section->output_offset);
4025 1.1 skrll
4026 1.1 skrll if (skip)
4027 1.1 skrll memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4028 1.1 skrll else if (h != NULL
4029 1.1 skrll && h->dynindx != -1
4030 1.1 skrll && (r_type == R_68K_PC8
4031 1.1 skrll || r_type == R_68K_PC16
4032 1.1 skrll || r_type == R_68K_PC32
4033 1.1 skrll || !info->shared
4034 1.1 skrll || !info->symbolic
4035 1.1 skrll || !h->def_regular))
4036 1.1 skrll {
4037 1.1 skrll outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4038 1.1 skrll outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
4039 1.1 skrll }
4040 1.1 skrll else
4041 1.1 skrll {
4042 1.1 skrll /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local. */
4043 1.1 skrll outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
4044 1.1 skrll
4045 1.1 skrll if (r_type == R_68K_32)
4046 1.1 skrll {
4047 1.1 skrll relocate = TRUE;
4048 1.1 skrll outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
4049 1.1 skrll }
4050 1.1 skrll else
4051 1.1 skrll {
4052 1.1 skrll long indx;
4053 1.1 skrll
4054 1.1 skrll if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
4055 1.1 skrll indx = 0;
4056 1.1 skrll else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
4057 1.1 skrll {
4058 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4059 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
4060 1.1 skrll }
4061 1.1 skrll else
4062 1.1 skrll {
4063 1.1 skrll asection *osec;
4064 1.1 skrll
4065 1.1 skrll /* We are turning this relocation into one
4066 1.1 skrll against a section symbol. It would be
4067 1.1 skrll proper to subtract the symbol's value,
4068 1.1 skrll osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
4069 1.1 skrll but ld.so expects buggy relocs. */
4070 1.1 skrll osec = sec->output_section;
4071 1.1 skrll indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
4072 1.1 skrll if (indx == 0)
4073 1.1 skrll {
4074 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4075 1.1 skrll htab = elf_hash_table (info);
4076 1.1 skrll osec = htab->text_index_section;
4077 1.1 skrll indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
4078 1.1 skrll }
4079 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
4080 1.1 skrll }
4081 1.1 skrll
4082 1.1 skrll outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
4083 1.1 skrll }
4084 1.1 skrll }
4085 1.1 skrll
4086 1.1 skrll sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
4087 1.1 skrll if (sreloc == NULL)
4088 1.1 skrll abort ();
4089 1.1 skrll
4090 1.1 skrll loc = sreloc->contents;
4091 1.1 skrll loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4092 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4093 1.1 skrll
4094 1.1 skrll /* This reloc will be computed at runtime, so there's no
4095 1.1 skrll need to do anything now, except for R_68K_32
4096 1.1 skrll relocations that have been turned into
4097 1.1 skrll R_68K_RELATIVE. */
4098 1.1 skrll if (!relocate)
4099 1.1 skrll continue;
4100 1.1 skrll }
4101 1.1 skrll
4102 1.1 skrll break;
4103 1.1 skrll
4104 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4105 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
4106 1.1 skrll /* These are no-ops in the end. */
4107 1.1 skrll continue;
4108 1.1 skrll
4109 1.1 skrll default:
4110 1.1 skrll break;
4111 1.1 skrll }
4112 1.1 skrll
4113 1.1 skrll /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
4114 1.1 skrll because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
4115 1.1 skrll not process them. */
4116 1.1.1.3 christos if (unresolved_reloc
4117 1.1.1.3 christos && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4118 1.1.1.3 christos && h->def_dynamic)
4119 1.1 skrll && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4120 1.1 skrll rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
4121 1.1 skrll {
4122 1.1 skrll (*_bfd_error_handler)
4123 1.1 skrll (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4124 1.1 skrll input_bfd,
4125 1.1 skrll input_section,
4126 1.1 skrll (long) rel->r_offset,
4127 1.1 skrll howto->name,
4128 1.1 skrll h->root.root.string);
4129 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
4130 1.1.1.2 christos }
4131 1.1.1.2 christos
4132 1.1.1.2 christos if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4133 1.1.1.2 christos && r_type != R_68K_NONE
4134 1.1.1.2 christos && (h == NULL
4135 1.1.1.2 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4136 1.1.1.2 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4137 1.1.1.2 christos {
4138 1.1.1.2 christos char sym_type;
4139 1.1.1.2 christos
4140 1.1.1.2 christos sym_type = (sym != NULL) ? ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) : h->type;
4141 1.1.1.2 christos
4142 1.1.1.2 christos if (elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (r_type) != (sym_type == STT_TLS))
4143 1.1.1.2 christos {
4144 1.1.1.2 christos const char *name;
4145 1.1.1.2 christos
4146 1.1.1.2 christos if (h != NULL)
4147 1.1.1.2 christos name = h->root.root.string;
4148 1.1.1.2 christos else
4149 1.1.1.2 christos {
4150 1.1.1.2 christos name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
4151 1.1.1.2 christos (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
4152 1.1.1.2 christos if (name == NULL || *name == '\0')
4153 1.1.1.2 christos name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
4154 1.1.1.2 christos }
4155 1.1.1.2 christos
4156 1.1.1.2 christos (*_bfd_error_handler)
4157 1.1.1.2 christos ((sym_type == STT_TLS
4158 1.1.1.2 christos ? _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with TLS symbol %s")
4159 1.1.1.2 christos : _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with non-TLS symbol %s")),
4160 1.1.1.2 christos input_bfd,
4161 1.1.1.2 christos input_section,
4162 1.1.1.2 christos (long) rel->r_offset,
4163 1.1.1.2 christos howto->name,
4164 1.1.1.2 christos name);
4165 1.1.1.2 christos }
4166 1.1 skrll }
4167 1.1 skrll
4168 1.1 skrll r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4169 1.1 skrll contents, rel->r_offset,
4170 1.1 skrll relocation, rel->r_addend);
4171 1.1 skrll
4172 1.1 skrll if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
4173 1.1 skrll {
4174 1.1 skrll const char *name;
4175 1.1 skrll
4176 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
4177 1.1 skrll name = h->root.root.string;
4178 1.1 skrll else
4179 1.1 skrll {
4180 1.1 skrll name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
4181 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr->sh_link,
4182 1.1 skrll sym->st_name);
4183 1.1 skrll if (name == NULL)
4184 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
4185 1.1 skrll if (*name == '\0')
4186 1.1 skrll name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
4187 1.1 skrll }
4188 1.1 skrll
4189 1.1 skrll if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
4190 1.1 skrll {
4191 1.1 skrll if (!(info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
4192 1.1 skrll (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
4193 1.1 skrll (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
4194 1.1 skrll rel->r_offset)))
4195 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
4196 1.1 skrll }
4197 1.1 skrll else
4198 1.1 skrll {
4199 1.1 skrll (*_bfd_error_handler)
4200 1.1 skrll (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
4201 1.1 skrll input_bfd, input_section,
4202 1.1 skrll (long) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
4203 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
4204 1.1 skrll }
4205 1.1 skrll }
4206 1.1 skrll }
4207 1.1 skrll
4208 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
4209 1.1 skrll }
4210 1.1 skrll
4211 1.1 skrll /* Install an M_68K_PC32 relocation against VALUE at offset OFFSET
4212 1.1 skrll into section SEC. */
4213 1.1 skrll
4214 1.1 skrll static void
4215 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, bfd_vma value)
4216 1.1 skrll {
4217 1.1 skrll /* Make VALUE PC-relative. */
4218 1.1 skrll value -= sec->output_section->vma + offset;
4219 1.1 skrll
4220 1.1 skrll /* Apply any in-place addend. */
4221 1.1 skrll value += bfd_get_32 (sec->owner, sec->contents + offset);
4222 1.1 skrll
4223 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (sec->owner, value, sec->contents + offset);
4224 1.1 skrll }
4225 1.1 skrll
4226 1.1 skrll /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
4227 1.1 skrll dynamic sections here. */
4228 1.1.1.3 christos
4229 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
4230 1.1.1.3 christos elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
4231 1.1.1.3 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
4232 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4233 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4234 1.1 skrll {
4235 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
4236 1.1 skrll
4237 1.1 skrll dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4238 1.1 skrll
4239 1.1 skrll if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4240 1.1 skrll {
4241 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
4242 1.1 skrll asection *splt;
4243 1.1 skrll asection *sgot;
4244 1.1 skrll asection *srela;
4245 1.1 skrll bfd_vma plt_index;
4246 1.1 skrll bfd_vma got_offset;
4247 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
4248 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
4249 1.1 skrll
4250 1.1 skrll /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
4251 1.1 skrll it up. */
4252 1.1 skrll
4253 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4254 1.1.1.3 christos
4255 1.1.1.3 christos plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
4256 1.1.1.3 christos splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
4257 1.1 skrll sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
4258 1.1 skrll srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
4259 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
4260 1.1 skrll
4261 1.1 skrll /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
4262 1.1 skrll corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
4263 1.1 skrll in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
4264 1.1 skrll first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
4265 1.1 skrll plt_index = (h->plt.offset / plt_info->size) - 1;
4266 1.1 skrll
4267 1.1 skrll /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
4268 1.1 skrll corresponds to this function. Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
4269 1.1 skrll The first three are reserved. */
4270 1.1 skrll got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
4271 1.1 skrll
4272 1.1 skrll memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
4273 1.1 skrll plt_info->symbol_entry,
4274 1.1 skrll plt_info->size);
4275 1.1 skrll
4276 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.got,
4277 1.1 skrll (sgot->output_section->vma
4278 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset
4279 1.1 skrll + got_offset));
4280 1.1 skrll
4281 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
4282 1.1 skrll splt->contents
4283 1.1 skrll + h->plt.offset
4284 1.1 skrll + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry + 2);
4285 1.1 skrll
4286 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.plt,
4287 1.1 skrll splt->output_section->vma);
4288 1.1 skrll
4289 1.1 skrll /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
4290 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
4291 1.1 skrll (splt->output_section->vma
4292 1.1 skrll + splt->output_offset
4293 1.1 skrll + h->plt.offset
4294 1.1 skrll + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry),
4295 1.1 skrll sgot->contents + got_offset);
4296 1.1 skrll
4297 1.1 skrll /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
4298 1.1 skrll rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4299 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset
4300 1.1 skrll + got_offset);
4301 1.1 skrll rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_JMP_SLOT);
4302 1.1 skrll rela.r_addend = 0;
4303 1.1 skrll loc = srela->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4304 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
4305 1.1 skrll
4306 1.1 skrll if (!h->def_regular)
4307 1.1 skrll {
4308 1.1 skrll /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
4309 1.1 skrll the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
4310 1.1 skrll sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
4311 1.1 skrll }
4312 1.1 skrll }
4313 1.1 skrll
4314 1.1 skrll if (elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist != NULL)
4315 1.1 skrll {
4316 1.1 skrll asection *sgot;
4317 1.1 skrll asection *srela;
4318 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
4319 1.1 skrll
4320 1.1 skrll /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
4321 1.1.1.3 christos up. */
4322 1.1.1.3 christos
4323 1.1 skrll sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
4324 1.1 skrll srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
4325 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
4326 1.1 skrll
4327 1.1 skrll got_entry = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist;
4328 1.1 skrll
4329 1.1.1.2 christos while (got_entry != NULL)
4330 1.1.1.2 christos {
4331 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type;
4332 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma got_entry_offset;
4333 1.1.1.2 christos
4334 1.1 skrll r_type = got_entry->key_.type;
4335 1.1 skrll got_entry_offset = got_entry->u.s2.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1;
4336 1.1 skrll
4337 1.1 skrll /* If this is a -Bsymbolic link, and the symbol is defined
4338 1.1.1.2 christos locally, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc. Likewise if
4339 1.1 skrll the symbol was forced to be local because of a version file.
4340 1.1 skrll The entry in the global offset table already have been
4341 1.1.1.2 christos initialized in the relocate_section function. */
4342 1.1 skrll if (info->shared
4343 1.1.1.2 christos && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4344 1.1.1.2 christos {
4345 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma relocation;
4346 1.1.1.2 christos
4347 1.1.1.2 christos relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
4348 1.1.1.2 christos (sgot->contents
4349 1.1.1.2 christos + got_entry_offset));
4350 1.1.1.2 christos
4351 1.1.1.2 christos /* Undo TP bias. */
4352 1.1.1.2 christos switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
4353 1.1.1.2 christos {
4354 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
4355 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
4356 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4357 1.1.1.3 christos
4358 1.1.1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
4359 1.1.1.3 christos /* The value for this relocation is actually put in
4360 1.1.1.3 christos the second GOT slot. */
4361 1.1.1.3 christos relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
4362 1.1.1.2 christos (sgot->contents
4363 1.1.1.2 christos + got_entry_offset + 4));
4364 1.1.1.2 christos relocation += dtpoff_base (info);
4365 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4366 1.1.1.2 christos
4367 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
4368 1.1.1.2 christos relocation += tpoff_base (info);
4369 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4370 1.1.1.2 christos
4371 1.1.1.2 christos default:
4372 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
4373 1.1.1.2 christos }
4374 1.1.1.2 christos
4375 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
4376 1.1.1.2 christos output_bfd,
4377 1.1.1.2 christos r_type,
4378 1.1.1.2 christos sgot,
4379 1.1.1.2 christos got_entry_offset,
4380 1.1 skrll relocation,
4381 1.1 skrll srela);
4382 1.1 skrll }
4383 1.1.1.2 christos else
4384 1.1.1.2 christos {
4385 1.1.1.2 christos Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
4386 1.1.1.2 christos
4387 1.1.1.2 christos /* Put zeros to GOT slots that will be initialized
4388 1.1.1.2 christos at run-time. */
4389 1.1.1.2 christos {
4390 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma n_slots;
4391 1.1.1.2 christos
4392 1.1.1.2 christos n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (got_entry->key_.type);
4393 1.1.1.2 christos while (n_slots--)
4394 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
4395 1.1.1.2 christos (sgot->contents + got_entry_offset
4396 1.1.1.2 christos + 4 * n_slots));
4397 1.1 skrll }
4398 1.1.1.2 christos
4399 1.1.1.2 christos rela.r_addend = 0;
4400 1.1.1.2 christos rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4401 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset
4402 1.1.1.2 christos + got_entry_offset);
4403 1.1.1.2 christos
4404 1.1.1.2 christos switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
4405 1.1.1.2 christos {
4406 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
4407 1.1.1.2 christos rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_GLOB_DAT);
4408 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
4409 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4410 1.1.1.2 christos
4411 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
4412 1.1.1.2 christos rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
4413 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
4414 1.1.1.2 christos
4415 1.1.1.2 christos rela.r_offset += 4;
4416 1.1.1.2 christos rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32);
4417 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
4418 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4419 1.1.1.2 christos
4420 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
4421 1.1.1.2 christos rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
4422 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
4423 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4424 1.1.1.2 christos
4425 1.1.1.2 christos default:
4426 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
4427 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4428 1.1 skrll }
4429 1.1 skrll }
4430 1.1 skrll
4431 1.1 skrll got_entry = got_entry->u.s2.next;
4432 1.1 skrll }
4433 1.1 skrll }
4434 1.1 skrll
4435 1.1 skrll if (h->needs_copy)
4436 1.1 skrll {
4437 1.1 skrll asection *s;
4438 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
4439 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
4440 1.1 skrll
4441 1.1 skrll /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
4442 1.1 skrll
4443 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
4444 1.1 skrll && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4445 1.1.1.3 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
4446 1.1 skrll
4447 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
4448 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4449 1.1 skrll
4450 1.1 skrll rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
4451 1.1 skrll + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
4452 1.1 skrll + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
4453 1.1 skrll rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_COPY);
4454 1.1 skrll rela.r_addend = 0;
4455 1.1 skrll loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4456 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
4457 1.1 skrll }
4458 1.1 skrll
4459 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
4460 1.1 skrll }
4461 1.1 skrll
4462 1.1 skrll /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
4463 1.1.1.3 christos
4464 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
4465 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4466 1.1 skrll {
4467 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
4468 1.1 skrll asection *sgot;
4469 1.1 skrll asection *sdyn;
4470 1.1 skrll
4471 1.1.1.3 christos dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4472 1.1 skrll
4473 1.1.1.3 christos sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
4474 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4475 1.1 skrll sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
4476 1.1 skrll
4477 1.1 skrll if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
4478 1.1 skrll {
4479 1.1 skrll asection *splt;
4480 1.1.1.3 christos Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
4481 1.1 skrll
4482 1.1 skrll splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
4483 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
4484 1.1 skrll
4485 1.1 skrll dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
4486 1.1 skrll dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
4487 1.1 skrll for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
4488 1.1 skrll {
4489 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
4490 1.1 skrll const char *name;
4491 1.1 skrll asection *s;
4492 1.1 skrll
4493 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
4494 1.1 skrll
4495 1.1 skrll switch (dyn.d_tag)
4496 1.1 skrll {
4497 1.1 skrll default:
4498 1.1 skrll break;
4499 1.1 skrll
4500 1.1 skrll case DT_PLTGOT:
4501 1.1 skrll name = ".got";
4502 1.1 skrll goto get_vma;
4503 1.1 skrll case DT_JMPREL:
4504 1.1 skrll name = ".rela.plt";
4505 1.1 skrll get_vma:
4506 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
4507 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4508 1.1 skrll dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
4509 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
4510 1.1 skrll break;
4511 1.1 skrll
4512 1.1 skrll case DT_PLTRELSZ:
4513 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
4514 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4515 1.1 skrll dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
4516 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
4517 1.1 skrll break;
4518 1.1 skrll
4519 1.1 skrll case DT_RELASZ:
4520 1.1 skrll /* The procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should
4521 1.1 skrll not be included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA).
4522 1.1 skrll Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry here to
4523 1.1 skrll make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since the
4524 1.1 skrll linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
4525 1.1 skrll other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
4526 1.1 skrll about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
4527 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
4528 1.1 skrll if (s != NULL)
4529 1.1 skrll dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
4530 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
4531 1.1 skrll break;
4532 1.1 skrll }
4533 1.1 skrll }
4534 1.1 skrll
4535 1.1 skrll /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
4536 1.1 skrll if (splt->size > 0)
4537 1.1 skrll {
4538 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
4539 1.1 skrll
4540 1.1 skrll plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
4541 1.1 skrll memcpy (splt->contents, plt_info->plt0_entry, plt_info->size);
4542 1.1 skrll
4543 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got4,
4544 1.1 skrll (sgot->output_section->vma
4545 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset
4546 1.1 skrll + 4));
4547 1.1 skrll
4548 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got8,
4549 1.1 skrll (sgot->output_section->vma
4550 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset
4551 1.1 skrll + 8));
4552 1.1 skrll
4553 1.1 skrll elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
4554 1.1 skrll = plt_info->size;
4555 1.1 skrll }
4556 1.1 skrll }
4557 1.1 skrll
4558 1.1 skrll /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
4559 1.1 skrll if (sgot->size > 0)
4560 1.1 skrll {
4561 1.1 skrll if (sdyn == NULL)
4562 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
4563 1.1 skrll else
4564 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
4565 1.1 skrll sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
4566 1.1 skrll sgot->contents);
4567 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4);
4568 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8);
4569 1.1 skrll }
4570 1.1 skrll
4571 1.1 skrll elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
4572 1.1 skrll
4573 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
4574 1.1 skrll }
4575 1.1 skrll
4576 1.1 skrll /* Given a .data section and a .emreloc in-memory section, store
4577 1.1 skrll relocation information into the .emreloc section which can be
4578 1.1 skrll used at runtime to relocate the section. This is called by the
4579 1.1 skrll linker when the --embedded-relocs switch is used. This is called
4580 1.1 skrll after the add_symbols entry point has been called for all the
4581 1.1 skrll objects, and before the final_link entry point is called. */
4582 1.1 skrll
4583 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean
4584 1.1 skrll bfd_m68k_elf32_create_embedded_relocs (abfd, info, datasec, relsec, errmsg)
4585 1.1 skrll bfd *abfd;
4586 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info;
4587 1.1 skrll asection *datasec;
4588 1.1 skrll asection *relsec;
4589 1.1 skrll char **errmsg;
4590 1.1 skrll {
4591 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4592 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
4593 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
4594 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
4595 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *p;
4596 1.1 skrll bfd_size_type amt;
4597 1.1 skrll
4598 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocatable);
4599 1.1 skrll
4600 1.1 skrll *errmsg = NULL;
4601 1.1 skrll
4602 1.1 skrll if (datasec->reloc_count == 0)
4603 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
4604 1.1 skrll
4605 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
4606 1.1 skrll
4607 1.1.1.3 christos /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
4608 1.1 skrll internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
4609 1.1 skrll (abfd, datasec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
4610 1.1 skrll info->keep_memory));
4611 1.1 skrll if (internal_relocs == NULL)
4612 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
4613 1.1 skrll
4614 1.1 skrll amt = (bfd_size_type) datasec->reloc_count * 12;
4615 1.1 skrll relsec->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4616 1.1 skrll if (relsec->contents == NULL)
4617 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
4618 1.1 skrll
4619 1.1 skrll p = relsec->contents;
4620 1.1 skrll
4621 1.1 skrll irelend = internal_relocs + datasec->reloc_count;
4622 1.1 skrll for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++, p += 12)
4623 1.1 skrll {
4624 1.1 skrll asection *targetsec;
4625 1.1 skrll
4626 1.1 skrll /* We are going to write a four byte longword into the runtime
4627 1.1 skrll reloc section. The longword will be the address in the data
4628 1.1 skrll section which must be relocated. It is followed by the name
4629 1.1 skrll of the target section NUL-padded or truncated to 8
4630 1.1 skrll characters. */
4631 1.1 skrll
4632 1.1 skrll /* We can only relocate absolute longword relocs at run time. */
4633 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_68K_32)
4634 1.1 skrll {
4635 1.1 skrll *errmsg = _("unsupported reloc type");
4636 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4637 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
4638 1.1 skrll }
4639 1.1 skrll
4640 1.1 skrll /* Get the target section referred to by the reloc. */
4641 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4642 1.1 skrll {
4643 1.1 skrll /* A local symbol. */
4644 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
4645 1.1 skrll
4646 1.1 skrll /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
4647 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf == NULL)
4648 1.1 skrll {
4649 1.1 skrll isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4650 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf == NULL)
4651 1.1 skrll isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
4652 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
4653 1.1 skrll NULL, NULL, NULL);
4654 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf == NULL)
4655 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
4656 1.1 skrll }
4657 1.1 skrll
4658 1.1 skrll isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
4659 1.1 skrll targetsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
4660 1.1 skrll }
4661 1.1 skrll else
4662 1.1 skrll {
4663 1.1 skrll unsigned long indx;
4664 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4665 1.1 skrll
4666 1.1 skrll /* An external symbol. */
4667 1.1 skrll indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4668 1.1 skrll h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
4669 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
4670 1.1 skrll if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4671 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4672 1.1 skrll targetsec = h->root.u.def.section;
4673 1.1 skrll else
4674 1.1 skrll targetsec = NULL;
4675 1.1 skrll }
4676 1.1 skrll
4677 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (abfd, irel->r_offset + datasec->output_offset, p);
4678 1.1 skrll memset (p + 4, 0, 8);
4679 1.1 skrll if (targetsec != NULL)
4680 1.1 skrll strncpy ((char *) p + 4, targetsec->output_section->name, 8);
4681 1.1 skrll }
4682 1.1 skrll
4683 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
4684 1.1 skrll free (isymbuf);
4685 1.1 skrll if (internal_relocs != NULL
4686 1.1 skrll && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
4687 1.1 skrll free (internal_relocs);
4688 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
4689 1.1 skrll
4690 1.1 skrll error_return:
4691 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
4692 1.1 skrll free (isymbuf);
4693 1.1 skrll if (internal_relocs != NULL
4694 1.1 skrll && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
4695 1.1 skrll free (internal_relocs);
4696 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
4697 1.1 skrll }
4698 1.1 skrll
4699 1.1 skrll /* Set target options. */
4700 1.1 skrll
4701 1.1 skrll void
4702 1.1 skrll bfd_elf_m68k_set_target_options (struct bfd_link_info *info, int got_handling)
4703 1.1.1.2 christos {
4704 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
4705 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
4706 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
4707 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
4708 1.1 skrll
4709 1.1 skrll switch (got_handling)
4710 1.1 skrll {
4711 1.1.1.2 christos case 0:
4712 1.1.1.2 christos /* --got=single. */
4713 1.1.1.2 christos local_gp_p = FALSE;
4714 1.1 skrll use_neg_got_offsets_p = FALSE;
4715 1.1 skrll allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
4716 1.1 skrll break;
4717 1.1 skrll
4718 1.1.1.2 christos case 1:
4719 1.1.1.2 christos /* --got=negative. */
4720 1.1.1.2 christos local_gp_p = TRUE;
4721 1.1 skrll use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
4722 1.1 skrll allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
4723 1.1 skrll break;
4724 1.1 skrll
4725 1.1.1.2 christos case 2:
4726 1.1.1.2 christos /* --got=multigot. */
4727 1.1.1.2 christos local_gp_p = TRUE;
4728 1.1 skrll use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
4729 1.1 skrll allow_multigot_p = TRUE;
4730 1.1 skrll break;
4731 1.1 skrll
4732 1.1.1.2 christos default:
4733 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
4734 1.1.1.2 christos return;
4735 1.1.1.2 christos }
4736 1.1.1.2 christos
4737 1.1.1.2 christos htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
4738 1.1.1.2 christos if (htab != NULL)
4739 1.1.1.2 christos {
4740 1.1.1.2 christos htab->local_gp_p = local_gp_p;
4741 1.1 skrll htab->use_neg_got_offsets_p = use_neg_got_offsets_p;
4742 1.1 skrll htab->allow_multigot_p = allow_multigot_p;
4743 1.1 skrll }
4744 1.1 skrll }
4745 1.1.1.3 christos
4746 1.1 skrll static enum elf_reloc_type_class
4747 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
4748 1.1 skrll {
4749 1.1 skrll switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
4750 1.1 skrll {
4751 1.1 skrll case R_68K_RELATIVE:
4752 1.1 skrll return reloc_class_relative;
4753 1.1 skrll case R_68K_JMP_SLOT:
4754 1.1 skrll return reloc_class_plt;
4755 1.1 skrll case R_68K_COPY:
4756 1.1 skrll return reloc_class_copy;
4757 1.1 skrll default:
4758 1.1 skrll return reloc_class_normal;
4759 1.1 skrll }
4760 1.1 skrll }
4761 1.1 skrll
4762 1.1 skrll /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
4763 1.1 skrll or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
4764 1.1 skrll
4765 1.1 skrll static bfd_vma
4766 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
4767 1.1 skrll const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4768 1.1 skrll {
4769 1.1 skrll return plt->vma + (i + 1) * elf_m68k_get_plt_info (plt->owner)->size;
4770 1.1.1.3 christos }
4771 1.1.1.3 christos
4772 1.1.1.3 christos /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
4773 1.1.1.3 christos
4774 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
4775 1.1.1.3 christos elf_m68k_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
4776 1.1.1.3 christos {
4777 1.1.1.3 christos int offset;
4778 1.1.1.3 christos size_t size;
4779 1.1.1.3 christos
4780 1.1.1.3 christos switch (note->descsz)
4781 1.1.1.3 christos {
4782 1.1.1.3 christos default:
4783 1.1.1.3 christos return FALSE;
4784 1.1.1.3 christos
4785 1.1.1.3 christos case 154: /* Linux/m68k */
4786 1.1.1.3 christos /* pr_cursig */
4787 1.1.1.3 christos elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
4788 1.1.1.3 christos
4789 1.1.1.3 christos /* pr_pid */
4790 1.1.1.3 christos elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 22);
4791 1.1.1.3 christos
4792 1.1.1.3 christos /* pr_reg */
4793 1.1.1.3 christos offset = 70;
4794 1.1.1.3 christos size = 80;
4795 1.1.1.3 christos
4796 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4797 1.1.1.3 christos }
4798 1.1.1.3 christos
4799 1.1.1.3 christos /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
4800 1.1.1.3 christos return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
4801 1.1.1.3 christos size, note->descpos + offset);
4802 1.1.1.3 christos }
4803 1.1.1.3 christos
4804 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
4805 1.1.1.3 christos elf_m68k_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
4806 1.1.1.3 christos {
4807 1.1.1.3 christos switch (note->descsz)
4808 1.1.1.3 christos {
4809 1.1.1.3 christos default:
4810 1.1.1.3 christos return FALSE;
4811 1.1.1.3 christos
4812 1.1.1.3 christos case 124: /* Linux/m68k elf_prpsinfo. */
4813 1.1.1.3 christos elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
4814 1.1.1.3 christos = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
4815 1.1.1.3 christos elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
4816 1.1.1.3 christos = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
4817 1.1.1.3 christos elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
4818 1.1.1.3 christos = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
4819 1.1.1.3 christos }
4820 1.1.1.3 christos
4821 1.1.1.3 christos /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
4822 1.1.1.3 christos onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
4823 1.1.1.3 christos implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
4824 1.1.1.3 christos {
4825 1.1.1.3 christos char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
4826 1.1.1.3 christos int n = strlen (command);
4827 1.1.1.3 christos
4828 1.1.1.3 christos if (n > 0 && command[n - 1] == ' ')
4829 1.1.1.3 christos command[n - 1] = '\0';
4830 1.1.1.3 christos }
4831 1.1.1.3 christos
4832 1.1.1.3 christos return TRUE;
4833 1.1 skrll }
4834 1.1 skrll
4835 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_m68k_vec
4836 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-m68k"
4837 1.1 skrll #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_68K
4838 1.1 skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x2000
4839 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
4840 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
4841 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
4842 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create
4843 1.1 skrll /* ??? Should it be this macro or bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_hash_table_create? */
4844 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_free \
4845 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free
4846 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link bfd_elf_final_link
4847 1.1 skrll
4848 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_check_relocs elf_m68k_check_relocs
4849 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
4850 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_always_size_sections
4851 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
4852 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol
4853 1.1.1.2 christos #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
4854 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections
4855 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_final_write_processing elf_m68k_final_write_processing
4856 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
4857 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_relocate_section elf_m68k_relocate_section
4858 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
4859 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
4860 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
4861 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections
4862 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook
4863 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook
4864 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol
4865 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
4866 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data
4867 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags \
4868 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_set_private_flags
4869 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
4870 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data
4871 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class
4872 1.1.1.3 christos #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val elf_m68k_plt_sym_val
4873 1.1.1.3 christos #define elf_backend_object_p elf32_m68k_object_p
4874 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf_m68k_grok_prstatus
4875 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf_m68k_grok_psinfo
4876 1.1 skrll
4877 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
4878 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
4879 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
4880 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
4881 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
4882 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
4883 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
4884
4885 #include "elf32-target.h"
4886